06 237256 001 - Print PDF

06-237256-001
July 2014
Kidde Fire Systems®

ECS Advanced Delivery
Fire Suppression System
with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire
Protection Fluid
Design, Installation,
Operation and
Maintenance Manual
R
FM
LISTED LISTED APPROVED
UL Listing File UL Listing File FM Approvals

No. EX 4674 No. EX 4674 Project ID 3049464
FOREWORD
This manual is written for those who design, install, operate, or maintain the Kidde Fire Systems® ECS
Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to
as “agent”).
IMPORTANT
Kidde-Fenwal assumes no responsibility for the application of any systems other than those addressed in
this manual. The technical data contained herein is limited strictly for information purposes only.
Kidde-Fenwal believes this data to be accurate, but it is published and presented without any guarantee or
warranty whatsoever. Kidde-Fenwal disclaims any liability for any use that may be made of the data and
information contained herein by any and all other parties.
Kidde ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System (Kidde ECS ADS) Series are to be designed,
installed, inspected, maintained, tested and recharged by qualified, trained personnel in accordance with
the following:
• Standard of the National Fire Protection Association No. 2001, Edition 2012 titled Clean Agent Fire
Extinguishing Systems.
• All instructions, limitations, cautions, and warnings, contained in this manual, 06-237256-001.
• All information contained on the system container nameplate(s).
Storage, handling, transportation, service, maintenance, recharge, and test of agent storage containers
shall be performed only by qualified and trained personnel in accordance with the information in this
manual and Compressed Gas Association pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1:
• C-1, Methods for Hydrostatic Testing of Compressed Gas Cylinders.
• C-6, Standards for Visual Inspection of Compressed Gas Cylinders.
• P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases In Containers.
CGA pamphlets are published by the Compressed Gas Association: http://www.cganet.com
The new design concentration for Class A and C fires applies to systems designed to meet and comply with
UL 2166 and NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 requirements. As such, our customers are reminded and advised:
• In accordance with 4.3.1.2 and 4.3.1.3 of NFPA 2001, Edition 2012, automatic detection and
automatic actuation shall be used. Manual actuation is permitted only if acceptable by the authority
having jurisdiction.
• Designers should also take note of 4.3.5.6 in NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 with regard to the use of time
delays.
• The designer should also review A.5.4.2.4 in NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 and confirm that a protected
Class A hazard does not include any Class B materials (flammable or combustible liquids or gases)
which would classify the protected space as a Class B hazard.
• In addition, the designer should refer to section A.5.6 in NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 and confirm that
the protected space does not include electrical equipment that will not be de-energized prior to or at
the time of agent discharge. Such energized electrical equipment has the potential to act as a
persistent re-ignition source. If electrical equipment cannot be de-energized, the design agent
concentration shall be at least that required by 5.4.2.5 in NFPA 2001, Edition 2012. In some cases
consideration should be given to the use of extended agent discharge or higher design agent
concentration. When exploring these options, keep in mind the possibility of the formation of
combustion and decomposition products. Please contact applications engineering for design guidance
in such instances.
Questions concerning the information presented in this manual should be addressed to:
Kidde-Fenwal Inc.
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
Phone: (508) 881-2000
Fax: (508) 881-8920
06-237256-001 i July 2014

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS
The Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) can be found in Appendix A. The latest version of the MSDS you
are searching for can be found online at the Kidde Fire Systems website (www.kiddefiresystems.com). Use
the built-in navigation links to view the desired sheet.
SAFETY SUMMARY
Kidde ECS ADS fire suppression systems use pressurized equipment; therefore, personnel responsible for
fire suppression systems must be aware of the dangers associated with the improper handling, installation
or maintenance of this equipment.
Fire suppression system service personnel must be trained in the proper handling, installation and service
of Kidde ECS ADS Equipment and follow the instructions used in this manual and in the Safety Bulletin and
cylinder nameplate contained in Chapter 6.
Kidde has provided warnings and cautions at appropriate locations throughout the text of this manual.
These warnings and cautions are to be adhered to at all times. Failure to do so may result in serious injury
to personnel.
DEFINITIONS
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death,
WARNING serious bodily injury and/or property damage.
Indicates a potentiality hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in

CAUTION property or equipment damage.
July 2014 ii 06-237256-001

SAFE CYLINDER HANDLING PROCEDURES
Pressurized (charged) cylinders are capable of violent discharge and, as such, are
extremely hazardous. Pressurized cylinders must be handled safely to avoid accidents
WARNING that could cause bodily injury, death, or property damage.
Before handling Kidde ECS ADS products, all personnel must be trained in the safe handling of the
containers as well as in the proper procedures for installation, removal, filling, and connection of other
critical devices, such as flex hoses, control heads, discharge heads, safety caps, and anti-recoil devices.
READ, UNDERSTAND and ALWAYS FOLLOW the design, installation, operation and maintenance manuals,
owners manuals, service manuals, etc., that are provided with the individual systems.
The instructions contained in this foreword and throughout the manual must be
followed in the exact sequence as written to prevent serious injury, death or
WARNING property damage.
The following safety procedures must be observed at all times:
MOVING CONTAINER
Containers must be shipped compactly in the upright position, and properly secured in place. Containers
must not be rolled, dragged or slid, nor allowed to be slid from tailgates of vehicles. A suitable hand truck,
fork truck, roll platform or similar device must be used.
ROUGH HANDLING
Containers must not be dropped or permitted to strike violently against each other or other surfaces.
STORAGE
Containers must be stored standing upright where they are not likely to be knocked over, or the containers
must be secured.
For additional information on safe handling of compressed gas cylinders, see CGA Pamphlet PI titled “Safe
Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers”. CGA pamphlets may be purchased from The Compressed
Gas Association: http://www.cganet.com
SAFETY CAP
• Each agent cylinder is factory equipped with a safety cap installed on the valve outlet, and securely
chained to the valve to prevent loss. This device is a safety feature, and will provide controlled safe
discharge when installed if the cylinder is actuated accidentally.
• The safety cap must be installed on the valve outlet AT ALL TIMES except when the cylinders are
connected into the system piping or being filled.
• The safety cap is intentionally chained to the cylinder valve to prevent loss while in service and must
not be removed from its chain.
PROTECTION CAP
A protection cap is factory installed on the actuation port and securely chained to the valve to prevent loss.
The cap is attached to the actuation port to prevent tampering or depression of the actuating pin. No
attachments (control head, pressure operated control head) are to be connected to the actuation port
during shipment, storage, or handling.
06-237256-001 iii July 2014

INSTALLATION
THIS SEQUENCE FOR CYLINDER INSTALLATION MUST BE FOLLOWED AT ALL TIMES:
1. Install cylinder into bracketing.
In order to prevent injury in the event of accidental cylinder discharge, the discharge
hose or valve outlet adapter must be connected to the system piping before attaching to
WARNING the cylinder valve outlet.
2. Remove safety cap and connect all cylinder valves into system piping using flex hose or valve outlet
adapter.
Control heads must be in the set position before attaching to the cylinder valve actuation
WARNING port, in order to prevent accidental discharge.
3. Remove protection cap and attach control heads, pressure control heads, pilot loops, etc. as required.
REMOVAL FROM SERVICE

THIS SEQUENCE FOR CYLINDER INSTALLATION MUST BE FOLLOWED AT ALL TIMES:
1. Remove all control heads, pressure operated heads, and pilot loops from cylinder valve, and attach
protection cap to actuation port.
2. Disconnect cylinders from system piping at the valve outlet. Disconnect valve outlet adapter, if used.
3. Immediately install safety cap on valve outlet.
The cylinder valve safety cap must be immediately available for installation on the
cylinder valve outlet before disconnecting the cylinder discharge hose or valve adapter
WARNING from system piping. If the safety cap is missing obtain a new safety cap from Kidde Fire
Systems.
4. Remove cylinder from bracketing.
Failure to follow all instructions in this manual on the use and handling of system
components could result in serious bodily injury, death, and property damage in the
WARNING event of inadvertent and unexpected cylinder discharge.
July 2014 iv 06-237256-001

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword ....................................................................................................... i
Safety Summary............................................................................................. ii
Safe Cylinder Handling Procedures .................................................................... iii
List of Figures ................................................................................................ xi
List of Tables.................................................................................................. xv
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 1-1
1-2 System Description ............................................................................... 1-2
1-2.1 Applications ......................................................................................... 1-2
1-2.1.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations ................................................ 1-2
1-2.1.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations ........................... 1-3
1-2.1.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range................... 1-3
1-2.1.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range ............... 1-3
1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent .............................................................................. 1-3
1-2.2.1 Toxicity ............................................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.2 Decomposition...................................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.3 Cleanliness........................................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.4 Other Safety Considerations ................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.5 Storage ............................................................................................... 1-5
CHAPTER 2 OPERATION
2-1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 2-1
2-2 System Controls and Indicators .............................................................. 2-1
2-2.1 General ............................................................................................... 2-1
2-3 Operating Procedures ............................................................................ 2-1
2-3.1 Automatic Operation ............................................................................. 2-1
2-3.2 Remote Manual Operation ...................................................................... 2-1
2-3.3 Local Manual Operation.......................................................................... 2-2
2-3.4 Local Manual Operation UL Listed 3-Way Directional Valves
(P/N 90-22003X-00X)............................................................................ 2-2
2-3.5 Post-Discharge Service .......................................................................... 2-2
2-4 Cylinder Recharge ................................................................................. 2-3
2-5 Special System Precautions .................................................................... 2-3
2-5.1 Systems Actuated with a Master Cylinder ................................................. 2-3
2-5.2 Systems Actuated with a Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder........................................ 2-3
CHAPTER 3 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS

3-1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 3-1
3-2 Functional Description ........................................................................... 3-1
3-3 Component Descriptions ........................................................................ 3-3
3-3.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assemblies ............................................... 3-3
3-3.1.1 Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauges............................................................. 3-4
3-3.1.2 Plain Nut Discharge Head (P/N WK-872450-000)....................................... 3-5
3-3.2 Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies............................................................. 3-6
3-3.3 Liquid Level Indicator (P/Ns WK-283894-000 and 06-118266-001) .............. 3-9
3-3.4 Combined Cylinder Straps for 200 and 350 lb. Systems
(P/Ns 06-236127-001 and 06-236126-001).............................................. 3-10
06-237256-001 v July 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
3-3.5 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Equipment
for 200 and 350 lb. Systems .................................................................. 3-11
3-3.5.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps
(P/N WK-270014-000 and P/N WK-270157-000) ....................................... 3-11
3-3.5.2 Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps
for 600 and 900 lb. Systems
(P/N 06-236173-001 and P/N 06-236174-001) ......................................... 3-12
3-3.6 Agent Cylinder Mounting Equipment
(P/Ns 06-235317-001, WK-281866-000, WK-294651-000
and 06-236125-001) ............................................................................. 3-13
3-3.7 Control Heads for Nitrogen Driver Valve Only............................................ 3-13
3-3.7.1 Electric Control Head (P/N WK-890181-000)............................................. 3-14
3-3.7.2 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads
(P/Ns 81-895630-000 and WK-897494-000) ............................................ 3-15
3-3.7.3 Cable Operated Control Head (P/N 81-979469-000) .................................. 3-16
3-3.7.4 Lever Operated Control Head (P/N WK-870652-000) ................................. 3-16
3-3.7.5 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head (P/N 82-878751-000) ..................... 3-17
3-3.7.6 Pressure Operated Control Head
(P/Ns 82-878737-000 and 82-878750-000).............................................. 3-18
3-3.8 Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface (P/N 81-871403-000) ........................... 3-19
3-3.9 Actuation Accessories ............................................................................ 3-20
3-3.9.1 Actuation Assembly Kit for 200 and 350 lb. Cylinders
(P/N 06-129882-001)............................................................................ 3-20
3-3.9.2 Actuation Assembly Kit for 600 and 900 lb. cylinders
(P/N 06-129985-001)............................................................................ 3-21
3-3.9.3 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose (P/N 06-118207-00X)....................................... 3-22
3-3.9.4 Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and Adapter
(P/Ns WK-877940-200, WK-877845-000 and WK-699205-010)................... 3-23
3-3.9.5 Flexible Actuation Hose (P/N 06-118193-00X) .......................................... 3-24
3-3.9.6 Tees, Elbows and Adapters..................................................................... 3-24
3-3.10 Discharge Accessories–Nitrogen Driver Cylinder ........................................ 3-25
3-3.10.1 3/4” Orifice Fitting (P/N 85-194129-XXX) ................................................. 3-25
3-3.11 Discharge Accessories–Agent Cylinder ..................................................... 3-26
3-3.11.1 3/4” Check Diffuser ............................................................................... 3-26
3-3.11.2 Flexible Discharge Hose (P/N WK-283899-000 and 06-118225-001) ............ 3-27
3-3.11.3 Valve Outlet Adapters (P/N WK-283905-000) ........................................... 3-28
3-3.11.4 Check valves ........................................................................................ 3-29
3-3.11.5 Manifold EL-Checks (P/N WK-877690-000) ............................................... 3-30
3-3.11.6 Swing Checks (P/N 06-118213-001 and 06-118058-001) ........................... 3-31
3-3.11.7 Pressure Operated Switches
(P/N 81-486536-000 and P/N 81-981332-000) ......................................... 3-32
3-3.11.8 3-Way Directional Valves ....................................................................... 3-33
3-3.11.8.1 3-Way Directional Valves (UL Listed) (P/N 90-2200XX-00X)........................ 3-34
3-3.11.8.2 Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid (P/N 06-118384-001) ......................... 3-36
3-3.11.8.3 Pressure Regulator (P/N 06-118334-001) or (P/N 38-509803-001).............. 3-37
3-3.11.9 Pressure Operated Trip (P/N 81-874290-000) ........................................... 3-37
3-3.11.10 Discharge Indicator (P/N 81-875553-000) ............................................... 3-38
3-3.11.11 Corner pulleys (P/N 81-803808-000 and P/N WK-844648-000) .................. 3-38
3-3.11.12 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch (P/N 84-802398-000) ............................. 3-39
July 2014 vi 06-237256-001

3-3.11.13 Discharge Nozzles ................................................................................. 3-40
3-3.12 Other Accessories ................................................................................. 3-41
3-3.12.1 Hydrostatic Test Adapters ...................................................................... 3-41
3-3.12.2 Agent Cylinder Recharge Adapters........................................................... 3-41
3-3.12.3 Agent Cylinder Seating Adapter (P/N WK-933537-000) .............................. 3-41
3-3.12.4 Safety Outlets (P/N 81-803242-000 and P/N 82-844346-000) .................... 3-42
3-3.13 Detectors and Control Panels .................................................................. 3-42
3-3.13.1 Detectors............................................................................................. 3-42
3-3.13.2 Control Panel........................................................................................ 3-42
CHAPTER 4 DESIGN AND INSTALLATION

4-1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 4-1
4-2 Design Procedure .................................................................................. 4-1
4-2.1 General ............................................................................................... 4-1
4-2.2 Application ........................................................................................... 4-1
4-2.2.1 Determine Minimum Use Concentration Required ...................................... 4-2
4-2.2.2 Calculate Agent Required ....................................................................... 4-2
4-2.2.3 Determine the Type, Size, and Quantity of Components Required ................ 4-3
4-2.2.4 Locate Nozzles...................................................................................... 4-3
4-2.2.5 Locate Cylinders ................................................................................... 4-3
4-2.2.6 Locate Piping........................................................................................ 4-3
4-2.2.7 Pipe Size and Layout ............................................................................. 4-3
4-2.2.8 Using the Agent Concentration Flooding Factors ........................................ 4-8
4-2.2.8.1 Adjusting for Altitude or Pressure ............................................................ 4-8
4-2.2.9 Manifolds ............................................................................................. 4-9
4-2.3 Design Criteria ..................................................................................... 4-9
4-2.3.1 Driver Quantity..................................................................................... 4-9
4-2.3.2 Requirements for Tee Flow Splits ............................................................ 4-10
4-2.3.3 Duration of Discharge ............................................................................ 4-11
4-2.3.4 Nozzle Selection and Placement .............................................................. 4-11
4-2.3.5 Nozzle Placement.................................................................................. 4-12
4-2.3.5.1 Limits on Nozzle Conditions .................................................................... 4-13
4-2.3.5.2 Maximum Elevation Differences in Pipe Runs ............................................ 4-13
4-2.3.6 Pipe Sizing ........................................................................................... 4-14
4-2.4 Other Conditions................................................................................... 4-15
4-2.4.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations ................................................ 4-15
4-2.4.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations ........................... 4-15
4-2.4.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range................... 4-15
4-2.4.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range ............... 4-15
4-2.4.3 System Operating Pressure .................................................................... 4-15
4-2.5 Pressure Actuation Limitations for Single Driver Systems............................ 4-16
4-2.5.1 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pressure
From a Master Nitrogen Driver................................................................ 4-16
4-2.5.2 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pressure
4-2.5.3 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure .............. 4-18
4-2.5.4 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure.................... 4-19
06-237256-001 vii July 2014

4-2.5.5 Manifold Arrangement Kits for Use with Single Driver ADS Series Systems
(P/N 06-129944-X0X) ........................................................................... 4-20
4-2.6 Pressure Actuation Limitations
for Dual Driver Kidde ECS ADS Series Cylinders ........................................ 4-21
4-2.6.1 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pressure
4-2.6.2 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pressure
4-2.6.3 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure ................... 4-22
4-2.6.4 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure.............. 4-23
4-2.6.5 Manifold Arrangement Kits for Use with Dual Driver ADS Series Systems
(P/N 06-129986-X0X) ........................................................................... 4-24
4-2.7 Manifold Arrangement with 3-Way Directional Valves
(Multi-Hazard Arrangements for all Systems)............................................ 4-25
4-2.8 Using Multiple Nitrogen Cylinders ............................................................ 4-28
4-2.8.1 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations......................................................... 4-28
4-2.8.2 Pressure Trip Limitations........................................................................ 4-28
4-2.9 Venting Requirements for the Hazard Enclosure ........................................ 4-28
4-2.10 Post-Discharge Ventilation Requirements ................................................. 4-29
4-3 Equipment Installation........................................................................... 4-29
4-3.1 General ............................................................................................... 4-29
4-3.2 Distribution Piping and Fittings ............................................................... 4-29
4-3.2.1 Threads ............................................................................................... 4-29
4-3.2.2 Pipe .................................................................................................... 4-29
4-3.2.2.1 Ferrous Piping ...................................................................................... 4-30
4-3.2.2.2 Piping Joints......................................................................................... 4-30
4-3.2.2.3 Fittings................................................................................................ 4-30
4-3.3 Installation of Pipe and Fittings ............................................................... 4-31
4-3.4 Installation of Check Valves.................................................................... 4-31
4-3.5 Installation of Pressure Actuation Pipe ..................................................... 4-31
4-3.6 Installation of Directional Valves with Pneumatic Actuators and Solenoids..... 4-32
4-3.6.1 System Release Control Configuration ..................................................... 4-33
4-3.7 Installation of Discharge Nozzles ............................................................. 4-36
4-3.8 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter ......................................................... 4-36
4-3.9 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose ..................................................... 4-37
4-3.10 Installation of Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies ............ 4-38
4-3.10.1 Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder Placement .......................................... 4-38
4-3.10.2 Installation of a Single Cylinder and Single Driver
Kidde ECS ADS Series System ................................................................ 4-39
4-3.10.3 Installation of a Single Cylinder and Two Driver
Kidde ECS ADS Series System (600 and 900 lb. Systems Only)................... 4-44
4-3.11 Installation of Electric Control Heads to Nitrogen Driver Only ...................... 4-48
4-3.12 Installation of Pressure Operated Control Heads
(P/Ns 82-878737-000 and 82-878750-000).............................................. 4-49
4-3.13 Installation of Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads
(P/Ns 81-895630-000 and WK-897494-000) ............................................ 4-50
4-3.14 Installation of Cable Operated Control Head (P/N 81-979469-000) .............. 4-51
4-3.15 Installation of Lever Operated Control Head (P/N WK-870652-000) ............. 4-51
4-3.16 Installation of Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder (P/N WK-877940-200)
and Mounting Bracket (P/N WK-877845-000) ........................................... 4-52
July 2014 viii 06-237256-001

4-3.17 Installation of Pressure Switch (P/N 81-486536-000) ................................. 4-52
4-3.18 Installation of Pressure Trip (P/N 81-874290-000)..................................... 4-52
4-3.19 Installation of Manual Pull Station (P/N 81-871403-000) ............................ 4-53
4-3.20 Installation of Discharge Indicator (P/N 81-875553-000) ............................ 4-53
4-3.21 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch (P/Ns 06-118262-001) .............. 4-54
4-3.21.1 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch 06-118263-001 ........................ 4-55
4-3.22 Post-Installation Checkout...................................................................... 4-56
CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE
5-1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 5-1
5-2 Maintenance Procedures ........................................................................ 5-1
5-2.1 General ............................................................................................... 5-1
5-3 Preventive Maintenance ......................................................................... 5-1
5-4 Inspection Procedures ........................................................................... 5-2
5-4.1 Weekly ................................................................................................ 5-2
5-4.1.1 Check Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Pressure .................................................. 5-2
5-4.2 Monthly ............................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.1 General Inspection ................................................................................ 5-2
5-4.2.2 Hazard Access ...................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.3 Inspect Hoses....................................................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.4 Inspect Pressure Control Heads............................................................... 5-2
5-4.2.5 Inspect Electric Control Heads ................................................................ 5-2
5-4.2.6 Inspect Cylinder and Valve Assembly for Both the Agent Cylinder
and Nitrogen Driver Cylinder .................................................................. 5-3
5-4.2.7 Inspect Brackets, Straps, Cradles and Mounting Hardware.......................... 5-3
5-4.2.8 Inspect Discharge Hoses ........................................................................ 5-3
5-4.2.9 Inspect Actuation Line ........................................................................... 5-3
5-4.2.10 Inspect Discharge Nozzles...................................................................... 5-3
5-4.2.11 Inspect Pull Stations.............................................................................. 5-3
5-4.2.12 Inspect Pressure Switches...................................................................... 5-3
5-4.3 Semi-Annual ........................................................................................ 5-4
5-4.3.1 Pressure Switch Test ............................................................................. 5-4
5-4.3.2 Electric Control Head Test ...................................................................... 5-4
5-4.3.3 Weighing Cylinders Using the Liquid Level Indicator ................................... 5-5
5-4.3.4 Weighing Cylinders without Using the Liquid Level Indicator........................ 5-8
5-4.4 2 Year ................................................................................................. 5-8
5-4.4.1 Blow Out Distribution Piping ................................................................... 5-8
5-4.5 5 Year ................................................................................................. 5-9
5-4.5.1 Inspection and Retest Procedures for Agent or Nitrogen Cylinders ............... 5-9
5-4.5.1.1 Cylinders Continuously in Service Without Discharge ................................. 5-9
5-4.5.1.2 Discharged Cylinders or Charged Cylinders that are Transported ................. 5-9
5-4.5.2 Retest ................................................................................................. 5-9
5-4.5.3 Flexible Hoses ...................................................................................... 5-9
5-5 Service ................................................................................................ 5-10
5-5.1 Cleaning .............................................................................................. 5-10
5-5.2 Nozzle Service ...................................................................................... 5-10
5-5.3 Repairs................................................................................................ 5-10
5-6 Removing an Agent Cylinder and Nitrogen Driver ...................................... 5-10
06-237256-001 ix July 2014

5-6.1 Single Cylinder System .......................................................................... 5-10
5-6.2 Multiple Cylinder System........................................................................ 5-11
5-7 Installing an Agent Cylinder ................................................................... 5-11
5-7.1 Single Cylinder System .......................................................................... 5-11
5-7.2 Multiple Cylinder System........................................................................ 5-12
5-7.3 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders ......................................................................... 5-12
5-8 Replacing the Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauge .......................................... 5-13
CHAPTER 6 POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

6-1 Introduction ......................................................................................... 6-1
6-2 Post-Fire Maintenance ........................................................................... 6-1
6-2.1 Agent Valve Inspection and Service ......................................................... 6-1
6-2.1.1 Agent Discharge Valve Disassembly (2” Valve).......................................... 6-1
6-2.1.2 Agent Discharge Valve Assembly (2” Valve).............................................. 6-2
6-2.1.3 Agent Discharge Valve Disassembly (3” Valve).......................................... 6-4
6-2.1.3.1 Replacing 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check .......................................................... 6-5
6-2.1.4 Agent Discharge Valve Assembly (3” Valve).............................................. 6-6
6-2.1.5 Safety Disc Replacement........................................................................ 6-7
6-2.2 Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Inspection and Services ........................................ 6-8
6-2.2.1 I-Valve Disassembly.............................................................................. 6-8
6-2.2.2 Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Assembly............................................................ 6-9
6-2.2.3 Nitrogen Driver Safety Disc Replacement ................................................. 6-9
6-2.2.4 Plain Nut Discharge Head Inspection and Service ...................................... 6-10
6-2.3 3/4-Inch Check Diffuser Inspection and Service ........................................ 6-11
6-2.3.1 3/4-inch Check Diffuser Disassembly ....................................................... 6-11
6-2.3.2 3/4-inch check diffuser assembly ............................................................ 6-11
6-3 Recharging Agent Cylinders.................................................................... 6-13
6-3.1 Charging Equipment Installation ............................................................. 6-14
6-3.2 Charging Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly............................................ 6-15
6-3.3 Agent Cylinder Leak Test ....................................................................... 6-18
6-4 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Service and Maintenance ..................................... 6-19
6-4.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Hydrostatic Pressure Test .................................... 6-19
6-4.2 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Replacement...................................................... 6-19
6-4.3 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Recharge .......................................................... 6-20
CHAPTER 7 PARTS LIST

7-1 Introduction & Parts List ........................................................................ 7-1
APPENDIX A MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEETS
July 2014 x 06-237256-001

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Name Page Number
1-1 Agent Pressure-Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, U.S. Customary Units ............. 1-6
1-2 Agent Pressure-Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, Metric Units ........................... 1-8
3-1 Typical Agent System with Electric Control Head ...................................................... 3-2
3-2 Typical Agent System with Cable Operated Control Head........................................... 3-2
3-3 2300, 4070 and the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Drive Cylinder
and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only .............................................................. 3-3
3-4 en.Gauge Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauge P/N: 06-118328-001 ................................. 3-4
3-5 Standard Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauge P/N: 06-118253-001 ................................. 3-4
3-6 Plain Nut Discharge Head, P/N WK-872450-000 ....................................................... 3-5
3-7 200, 350, 600 and 900 lb. Cylinder and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only ............ 3-6
3-8 2” Valve General Arrangement............................................................................... 3-7
3-9 3” Valve General Arrangement............................................................................... 3-8
3-10 Liquid Level Indicator ........................................................................................... 3-9
3-11 200 lb. Combined Cylinder Strap............................................................................ 3-10
3-12 350 lb. Combined Cylinder Strap............................................................................ 3-10
3-13 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Strap ................................................................. 3-11
3-14 Cylinder Straps for the 4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver.................................................. 3-12
3-15 Cylinder Straps for the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver.................................................. 3-12
3-16 Agent Cylinder Mounting Straps ............................................................................. 3-13
3-17 Electric Control Head ............................................................................................ 3-14
3-18 Electric/Cable Operated Control Head ..................................................................... 3-15
3-19 Cable Operated Control Head ................................................................................ 3-16
3-20 Lever Operated Control Head ................................................................................ 3-16
3-21 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head ................................................................... 3-17
3-22 Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................................ 3-18
3-23 Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head .............................................................. 3-18
3-24 Cable Manual Pull Station...................................................................................... 3-19
3-25 Actuation Assembly Kit for the 200 and 350 lb. ADS Series Cylinders .......................... 3-20
3-26 Actuation Assembly Kit for the 600 and 900 lb. ADS Series Cylinders .......................... 3-21
3-27 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose ..................................................................................... 3-22
3-28 Nitrogen Actuator Mounting Bracket and Adapter ..................................................... 3-23
3-29 Flexible Actuation Hose......................................................................................... 3-24
3-30 Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Nitrogen Pilot Actuation ............................................. 3-24
3-31 Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Manifolded Cylinder Actuation..................................... 3-24
3-32 Orifice Fitting ...................................................................................................... 3-25
3-33 3/4” Check Diffuser.............................................................................................. 3-26
3-34 2” Flexible Discharge Hose .................................................................................... 3-27
3-35 3” Flexible Discharge Hose .................................................................................... 3-27
3-36 Valve Outlet Adapter ............................................................................................ 3-28
3-37 Check Valve ........................................................................................................ 3-29
3-38 Manifold El-Checks............................................................................................... 3-30
3-39 2 in. Swing Check Valve ....................................................................................... 3-31
3-40 3 in. Swing Check Valve ....................................................................................... 3-31
3-41 Pressure Operated Switch ..................................................................................... 3-32
3-42 Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof .............................................................. 3-32
3-43 T Flow Ball Position Valve Position Closed to Hazard ................................................. 3-33
3-44 L Flow Position Valve Position open to Hazard .......................................................... 3-33
3-45 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) (P/N 90-2200XX-00X) ........................................ 3-34
3-46 Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid........................................................................ 3-36
3-47 Pressure Regulator............................................................................................... 3-37
3-48 Pressure Operated Trip ......................................................................................... 3-37
3-49 Discharge Indicator .............................................................................................. 3-38
3-50 Corner Pulleys, Watertight Applications ................................................................... 3-38
06-237256-001 xi July 2014

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)
3-51 1/2” E.M.T. Corner Pulley, General Applications ....................................................... 3-38
3-52 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch ............................................................................ 3-39
3-53 Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 2-D ......................................................................... 3-40
3-54 Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 3-D ......................................................................... 3-40
3-55 Cylinder Recharge Adapters .................................................................................. 3-41
3-56 Safety Outlets ..................................................................................................... 3-42
4-1 Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for ADS Series ............................................................... 4-10
4-2 Nozzle Placement and Coverage ............................................................................ 4-12
4-3 Nozzle Limitations................................................................................................ 4-13
4-4 Pressure Actuation using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Driver Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Close-coupled .............. 4-16
4-5 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Driver Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Not Close-coupled ........ 4-17
4-6 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fifteen Sets of ADS Cylinders, Not Close-coupled ................. 4-18
4-7 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fifteen Sets of Kidde ECS ADS Series Cylinders,
Close-coupled. .................................................................................................... 4-19
4-8 Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with Single Driver ADS Series Systems................... 4-20
4-9 Close-coupled Manifold using pressure from a Master Nitrogen Driver
for use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements ....................................................... 4-21
4-10 Not Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Master Nitrogen Driver
4-11 Close-coupled Manifold Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure
4-12 Not Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Pilot Nitrogen Driver
4-13 Manifold Arrangement Kit for use with Dual Driver ADS Series Systems ...................... 4-24
4-14 Arrangement 1: 3-Way Ball Valves with Nitrogen Pilot Cylindes Dedicated
for Each Directional Valve Protecting Three Hazards ................................................. 4-26
4-15 Arrangement 2: 3-Way Ball Valves with One Nitrogen Pilot Controlled
by a 24 Vdc Solenoids Protecting Three Hazards ...................................................... 4-27
4-16 Multiple Pilot Nitrogen Actuation Cylinders............................................................... 4-28
4-17 Straight Through Orientation ................................................................................. 4-32
4-18 90° Orientation ................................................................................................... 4-32
4-19 Typical Single Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)......................... 4-34
4-20 Typical Multiple Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below) ...................... 4-35
4-21 Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping....................................... 4-37
4-22 Single Driver Top View ......................................................................................... 4-38
4-23 Dual Driver Top View ........................................................................................... 4-38
4-24 Single Driver Actuation Kit Assembly ...................................................................... 4-39
4-25 Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, 200 lb. Cylinder........................................... 4-41
4-29 Single Driver Based Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly
with Assembled Actuation Components ................................................................... 4-43
4-30 Dual Driver Actuation Kit Assembly ........................................................................ 4-44
4-31 Dual Driver Based Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly
with Assembled Actuation Components ................................................................... 4-46
4-32 Dual Driver Installation, Vertical Mounting for 600 lb. Systems .................................. 4-46
4-33 Dual Driver Installation, Vertical Mounting for 900 lb. Systems .................................. 4-47
4-34 Electrical Connections for Control Head (P/Ns WK-890181-000) ................................. 4-48
July 2014 xii 06-237256-001

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)
4-35 Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................................ 4-49
4-36 Electric/Cable Operated Control Head ..................................................................... 4-50
4-37 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch ............................................................ 4-54
4-38 Supervisory Pressure Switch Electrical Connections .................................................. 4-54
4-39 Supervisory Pressure Switch Connection Diagram and Electrical Rating ....................... 4-55
5-1 Liquid Level Indicator ........................................................................................... 5-5
5-2 LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb. Cylinder................................................................. 5-6
6-1 Valve Assembly ................................................................................................... 6-3
6-2 O-Ring, Piston ..................................................................................................... 6-3
6-3 2” Valve Piston Exploded View ............................................................................... 6-4
6-4 3” Valve Assembly ............................................................................................... 6-4
6-5 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check Assembly ......................................................................... 6-5
6-6 O-Ring, Piston ..................................................................................................... 6-6
6-7 2” Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly .......................................................... 6-7
6-8 3” Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly .......................................................... 6-7
6-9 5/8-inch I-Valve for Nitrogen Driver ....................................................................... 6-8
6-10 Plain Nut Discharge Head...................................................................................... 6-10
6-11 3/4-inch Check Diffuser ........................................................................................ 6-12
6-12 Typical Agent Charging System Schematic .............................................................. 6-14
6-13 Nitrogen Temperature vs. Pressure Data ................................................................. 6-21
06-237256-001 xiii July 2014

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
July 2014 xiv 06-237256-001

LIST OF TABLES
Table Name Page Number
1-1 Agent Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation
(Based on a Cylinder Fill Density of 70 lb./ft.3 [1121.29 kg/m3]) ............................... 1-5
1-2 Nitrogen Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation............................................... 1-5
1-3 Agent Physical Properties, U.S. Customary Units ...................................................... 1-6
1-4 Agent Cylinder Pressure based on Agent Cylinder Fill Density vs Temperature,
U.S. Customary Units ........................................................................................... 1-7
1-5 Agent Physical Properties, Metric Units.................................................................... 1-8
1-6 Agent Cylinder Pressure based on Agent Cylinder Fill Density vs Temperature,
Metric Units ........................................................................................................ 1-9
3-1 Dimensions, Agent Nitrogen Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only ..... 3-3
3-2 Fill Capacity: 2300, 4070 and the 4890 cu. in. Capacity Nitrogen Drive Cylinder
and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only .............................................................. 3-4
3-3 Dimensions, Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only.................. 3-6
3-4 Fill Range Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only ..................... 3-6
3-5 Discharge Valve Equivalent Lengths (for 200, 350, 600 and 900 lb. Cylinders) ............. 3-7
3-6 Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation
(based on an agent cylinder fill density of 70 lb./ft.3 [1121.3 kg/m3]) ........................ 3-8
3-7 Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers ....................................................................... 3-9
3-8 Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions, English.......................................................... 3-10
3-9 Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions, Metric ........................................................... 3-10
3-10 Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, English................................... 3-11
3-11 Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric .................................... 3-11
3-12 Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, English................................... 3-12
3-13 Dimensions- Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric ................................... 3-12
3-14 Dimensions-Cylinder Mounting Straps, English ......................................................... 3-13
3-15 Dimensions-Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric .......................................................... 3-13
3-16 Electric Operated Control Heads............................................................................. 3-14
3-17 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads.................................................................... 3-15
3-18 Actuation Assembly Data for 200 and 350 lb. ADS Series Cylinders ............................ 3-20
3-19 Actuation Assembly Data for 600 and 900 lb. ADS Series Cylinders ............................ 3-21
3-20 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose Data ............................................................................. 3-22
3-21 Nitrogen Assembly Data ....................................................................................... 3-23
3-22 Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose....................................................................... 3-24
3-23 Orifice Fitting Data ............................................................................................... 3-25
3-24 Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses..................................................................... 3-27
3-25 Dimensions, Valve Outlet Adapter .......................................................................... 3-28
3-26 Check Valves. Equivalent Lengths .......................................................................... 3-29
3-27 Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks ............................................................................. 3-30
3-28 El-Check, Equivalent Length .................................................................................. 3-30
3-29 Swing Check Valve Data ....................................................................................... 3-31
3-30 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications.................................................... 3-34
3-31 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications (cont.) ......................................... 3-35
3-32 Pneumatic Actuator Specifications .......................................................................... 3-35
3-33 Pneumatic Solenoid Specifications .......................................................................... 3-36
3-34 Pressure Regulator Specifications ........................................................................... 3-37
3-35 Dimensions, 180° and 360° Discharge Nozzles ........................................................ 3-40
3-36 Dimensions-Cylinder Recharge Adapters ................................................................. 3-41
3-37 Safety Outlets ..................................................................................................... 3-42
4-1 Agent Fire Suppression Use Concentrations ............................................................. 4-2
4-2 Class B Suppression Design Concentrations ............................................................. 4-4
4-3 Agent Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), English ........................................ 4-6
4-4 Agent Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Metric.......................................... 4-7
4-5 Atmospheric Correction Factors ............................................................................. 4-8
06-237256-001 xv July 2014

LIST OF TABLES (CONT.)
Table Name Page Number
4-6 6 X Pipe Diameters .............................................................................................. 4-11
4-7 Pipe Size vs. Flow Rate ......................................................................................... 4-14
4-8 Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for Single Driver ADS Series System ..................... 4-20
4-9 Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for Dual Driver ADS Series System ....................... 4-24
4-10 3-Way Ball Valve ................................................................................................. 4-25
4-11 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations........................................................................ 4-28
4-12 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Data ................................................................ 4-33
4-13 Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, English Units ................... 4-37
4-14 Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, Metric Units .................... 4-37
4-15 Center to Center Distance Range ........................................................................... 4-38
4-16 Single Driver Actuation Kit Components .................................................................. 4-39
4-17 Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit Part Numbers .................................................... 4-44
5-1 Preventative Maintenance Schedule........................................................................ 5-1
5-2 Retest Schedule .................................................................................................. 5-9
6-1 Valve Components ............................................................................................... 6-3
6-2 Other Valve Components ...................................................................................... 6-3
6-3 3” Valve Components ........................................................................................... 6-5
6-4 Safety Disc Replacement Table .............................................................................. 6-7
6-5 I-Valve Components............................................................................................. 6-8
6-6 Safety Disc Replacements for the I-Valve ................................................................ 6-9
6-7 Plain Nut Discharge Head Replacement Part Numbers ............................................... 6-10
6-8 Replacement Parts for Post-Discharge Maintenance .................................................. 6-12
6-9 Typical Agent Charging System Schematic .............................................................. 6-14
6-10 Pressure vs. Temperature ..................................................................................... 6-16
6-11 Maximum Permitted Leakage Rates ........................................................................ 6-18
6-12 Nitrogen Fill Weights ............................................................................................ 6-20
7-1 UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles....................................................... 7-7
7-2 UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles....................................................... 7-10
July 2014 xvi 06-237256-001

General Information
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
1-1 INTRODUCTION
The Kidde Fire Systems® ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System (Kidde ECS ADS)
Series with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to as “agent”) is listed by
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) and approved by FM Approvals. These systems are
designed for total flooding in accordance with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 2001,
Standard for Clean agent Extinguishing Systems. These systems have been tested to UL 2166,
Standard for Halocarbon Clean agent Extinguishing System Units, and other parameters
established jointly by UL and FM Approvals. In any situation not specifically covered by this
manual, the application and installation of the system must meet the requirements of the
standards as stated. In any case, all installations must meet the requirements of the local
Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
Kidde ECS ADS Series uses a unique method for propelling the agent from the storage cylinder,
through the system piping and out of the discharge nozzles. Nitrogen gas pressure from a
separate storage cylinder is introduced into the vapor space of the cylinder at a controlled rate.
This nitrogen pressure acts to propel the liquid agent through the pipe system at a higher flow
rate than is possible from systems which combine the nitrogen with the agent in one storage
container. The Kidde ECS ADS Series is capable of using smaller pipe sizes to discharge larger
quantities of agent than stored-pressure technology. The Kidde ECS ADS Series can also propel
the agent longer distances through a pipe network, permitting the placement of storage
cylinders farther from the protected hazard.
The Kidde ECS ADS Series are extremely well suited to applications involving remote agent
storage, and situations which limit the maximum pipe size to be used. This system can be
successfully applied to many existing Halon 1301 system pipe networks, providing easy retrofit
of these systems to a new clean agent with long-term availability.
The complexity of nitrogen introduction into the cylinder vapor space, and the resulting flow of
the agent through the pipe network, does not allow for a simple method of manual hydraulic
flow calculation. For this reason, the clean agent flow calculations have been incorporated into
a computer software program that has been rigorously validated by testing. The calculation
routine determines the flow, density, and pressure of small quantities of agent as it progresses
through the pipe, while conserving mass, energy and momentum. This method tracks the
agent from initiation of discharge to the final vapor blowdown, and ensures each nozzle will
discharge the required mass of agent in the predicted time, and at a predicted nozzle discharge
pressure. The computer program will not permit the design of systems that fall outside the
predetermined parameters set by the standards previously discussed.
The system designer must become familiar with the hardware and design sections and the
latest version of the flow calculation software program. The required procedures must be used
to determine the proper system design for the hazard in question, as well as to input the design
parameters into the computer program (for more information see the latest version of the Flow
Calculation Software User’s Guide 06-237256-004).
System installers, inspectors and service personnel must become familiar with the hardware,
installation, inspection and service sections of this manual, as well as all WARNING and
CAUTION declarations in this manual. Failure to comply with all warnings may result in death,
serious injury and property damage.
06-237256-001 1-1 July 2014

General Information
1-2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1-2.1 Applications
The Kidde ECS ADS Series are used to suppress fires in specific hazards where:
• A clean agent is required to keep cleanup time and downtime to a minimum.
• An electrically non-conductive agent is required to avoid additional equipment damage.
• Suppression capability with low weight and small storage space is a factor.
• The hazard is occupied by personnel, creating human safety concerns.
Kidde ECS ADS Systems are designed for the following classes of fire:
• Class A Surface Type Fires: Wood, plastics or other type material
• Class B Fires: Flammable liquids (see Table 4-2)
• Class C Hazards: Energized electrical equipment
For hazards beyond the scope described above, the designer must consult with Kidde Fire
Systems and NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 on the suitability of the agent for protection, necessary
design concentration and personnel exposure effects from that concentration.
The agent shall not be used on fires involving the following materials, unless they have been
tested to the satisfaction of the AHJ:
• Certain chemicals or mixtures of chemicals, such as cellulose nitrate and gunpowder, that
are capable of rapid oxidation in the absence of air.
• Reactive metals such as lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, titanium, zirconium, ura-
nium and plutonium.
• Metal hydrides.
• Chemicals capable of undergoing autothermal decomposition, such as certain organic per-
oxides and hydrazine.
ADS Series Systems are especially suitable for:
• Data processing facilities
• Data and records storage areas
• Telecommunications facilities
• Electrical switchgear areas
• Process control rooms
• High-value medical facilities
• High-value industrial equipment areas
• Libraries, museums, art galleries and similar areas
• Anechoic and other environmental test chambers
• Flammable liquid storage and use areas
• Engine test stands
• Chemical mixing rooms
• Oil and gas production, refining and handling facilities
1-2.1.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations

The operating temperature range for all components used in the Kidde ECS ADS Series is 32°F
to 130°F (0°C to 54°C). The components are tested within this range and may not perform as
specified outside this range.
July 2014 1-2 06-237256-001

General Information
1-2.1.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations

The temperature of the location for the agent storage containers depends on the design of the
system.
1-2.1.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

In balanced systems, where agent flow through each nozzle is equal, the agent cylinder and
nitrogen driver cylinder storage temperature range is 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C).
1-2.1.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

In unbalanced systems, where agent flows through the nozzles at varying rates, the agent
cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinder storage temperature range is 60°F and 80°F (16°C and
27°C).
The latest version of the flow calculation software is written and tested for a 70°F (21°C) agent
cylinder storage temperature (for more information see latest version of the Flow Calculation
Software User’s Guide 06-237256-004). If the agent cylinder storage temperature is outside
of this range, an insufficient quantity of agent may be discharged from one or more nozzles in
an unbalanced system, resulting in one or more hazards receiving an insufficient concentration
of agent.
1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent

The agent is also known by its AHSRAE designation as FK-5-1-12, and by its chemical name
dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one. Chemically the agent is a fully fluorinated ketone, a
compound consisting of carbon, fluorine and oxygen. Its molecular formula is
(CF3CF2C(O)CF(CF3)2). It is colorless, electrically non-conductive and has a low odor. It
extinguishes fires primarily by thermo-physical mechanisms with minimal affect on the
available oxygen. This allows people to see and breathe, permitting them to leave the fire area
safely.
The agent is acceptable for use in occupied spaces when used in accordance with the United
States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP)
program rules.
Although the agent is considered non-toxic to humans in concentrations necessary to
extinguish most fires, certain safety considerations should be observed when applying and
handling the agent. The discharge of the agent may create a hazard to people from the
undecomposed agent itself and from the decomposition products which result when the agent
is exposed to fire or other hot surfaces. Exposure to the agent is generally of less concern than
is exposure to the decomposition products. Unnecessary exposure to the agent and its
decomposition products shall be avoided in conformance with the requirements of 1.5.1.2.1 in
NFPA 2001, Edition 2012.
06-237256-001 1-3 July 2014

General Information
1-2.2.1 Toxicity
Unnecessary exposure to clean agents is to be avoided in accordance with the requirements of
NFPA-2001. As such, upon operation of a system pre-discharge alarm, all personnel should
immediately exit the protected space. In no case shall personnel remain in a room in which
there is a fire. In the very unlikely instance where a clean agent system should discharge
unexpectedly into an occupied room, all personnel should proceed in a calm and orderly
manner to an exit and leave the room.
The agent has been evaluated for cardiac sensitization in accordance with test protocols
approved by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). The EPA's SNAP
Program classifies the agent as acceptable for use as a total flooding agent in occupied spaces
with specific limitations. Refer to the SNAP program rules or NFPA 2001 for more information.
The agent has been judged acceptable by the U.S. EPA for use in occupied spaces when used
in accordance with the guidance of NFPA 2001. In accordance with NFPA 2001, Kidde
Engineered Systems designed for use with agent vapor concentrations up to ten volume
percent in air are permitted. See NFPA 2001, Sect. 1-6, Safety. Although the agent has low
toxicity at concentrations in air needed to extinguish most fires, certain safety considerations
must be observed when applying and handling the agent.
1-2.2.2 Decomposition
The interaction of agent vapor with flames during extinguishment results in the formation of
decomposition products including halogen acids. Early fire detection and prompt discharge of
the agent results in rapid flame extinguishment keeping the amount of decomposition product
formation to a minimum.
1-2.2.3 Cleanliness
The agent is clean and leaves no residue, thereby eliminating costly after-fire clean-up and
keeping expensive downtime to a minimum. Most materials such as steel, stainless steel,
aluminum, brass and other metals as well as plastics, rubber and electronic components are
unaffected by exposure to the agent during a discharge.
1-2.2.4 Other Safety Considerations

The high pressure discharge of the agent from a system nozzle can create noise loud enough
to be startling. The high velocity discharge can be significant enough to dislodge objects
located directly in the discharge path. Enough turbulence may be created in the enclosure to
move unsecured paper and other light objects. Direct contact with the vaporizing agent
discharged from a nozzle will have a chilling effect on objects, and can cause frostbite burns
to the skin in extreme cases.
The agent itself is colorless. Discharge of the agent into a humid atmosphere may cause fog
and reduce visibility for a short time.
July 2014 1-4 06-237256-001

General Information
1-2.2.5 Storage
The agent is stored in steel cylinders as a liquid, super-pressurized with nitrogen to 360 psig
at 70°F (24.8 bar gauge at 21°C).
The nitrogen is stored in a seamless steel container at 1800 psig at 70°F (124 bar gauge at
21°C). The pressure of both containers (agent and nitrogen) varies substantially with
temperature, as illustrated in Tables 1-1 and 1-2. Tables 1-3 and 1-4 give the physical
properties of agent.
Table 1-1. Agent Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation

(Based on a Cylinder Fill Density of 70 lb./ft.3 [1121.29 kg/m3])
Temperature ºF Temperature ºC Pressure psig Pressure Bar
32 0.0 333 23.0

40 4.4 339 23.4
50 10.0 346 23.9
60 15.6 353 24.3
70 21.1 360 24.8
80 26.7 367 25.3
90 32.2 374 25.8
100 37.8 381 26.3
110 43.3 388 26.8
120 48.9 396 27.3
130 54.4 403 27.8
Table 1-2. Nitrogen Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation

Temperature °F Temperature °C Pressure PSIG Pressure Bar
32 0 1670 115.2
40 4.44 1697 117.1
50 10.00 1732 119.4
60 15.56 1766 121.8
70 21.11 1800 124.1
80 26.67 1834 126.5
90 32.22 1868 128.9
100 37.78 1903 131.2
110 43.33 1937 133.6
120 48.89 1971 135.9
130 54.44 2005 138.3
06-237256-001 1-5 July 2014

General Information
Pressure-Temperature Curve
Isometric Diagram
1300
1200
92.4 lb/ft3
1100
88.6 lb/ft3
1000
900
Pressure (psig)
800
700
600
70 lb/ft3
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225
Temperature (°F)
Figure 1-1. Agent Pressure-Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, U.S. Customary Units
Table 1-3. Agent Physical Properties, U.S. Customary Units

Description Units Value
Molecular Weight N/A 316.04
Boiling Point at 1 atm °F 120.6
Freezing Point °F -162.4
Critical Temperature °F 335.6
Critical Pressure psia 270.44
Critical Volume ft.3/lbm 0.0251
Critical Density lbm/ft.3 39.91
Specific Heat, Liquid at 77°F BTU/lb-°F 0.2634

Specific Heat, Vapor at Constant Pressure (1 atm) and 77°F BTU/lb-°F 0.2127
Heat of Vaporization at Boiling Point BTU/lb 37.9
Relative Dielectric Strength 1 atm at, 77°F (N2 = 1) N/A 2.3
Solubility of Water in agent at 77°F N/A <0.001% by wt.

Note: NFPA 2001 Reference: FK-5-1-12 Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one
July 2014 1-6 06-237256-001

General Information
Table 1-4. Agent Cylinder Pressure based on Agent Cylinder Fill Density vs Temperature,
U.S. Customary Units
Pressure, psig
Fill Density
Temp, °F
35 lb./ft.3 40 lb./ft.3 50 lb./ft.3 60 lb./ft.3 70 lb./ft.3
32 324 322 317 311 299
40 331 330 326 320 310
50 341 340 337 333 326
60 350 350 348 346 342
70 360 360 360 360 360
80 370 371 372 375 379
90 381 382 385 390 399
100 392 394 399 407 421
110 404 406 413 424 446
120 416 419 428 443 472
130 428 432 444 463 501
06-237256-001 1-7 July 2014

General Information
Pressure-Temperature Curve
Isometric Diagram
120
1480 kg/m3
100
Pressure/bar(g)
80 1420 kg/m3
60
40
1121 kg/m3
20
0
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Temperature (°C)
Figure 1-2. Agent Pressure-Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, Metric Units
Table 1-5. Agent Physical Properties, Metric Units

Description Units Value
Molecular Weight N/A 316.04
Boiling Point at 1 atm °C 49.2
Freezing Point °C -108.0
Critical Temperature °C 168.7
Critical Pressure kPa 18.65
Critical Volume cc/mole 494.5
Critical Density kg/m3 639.1
Specific Heat, Liquid at 25°C kJ/kg °C 1.103
Specific Heat, Vapor at Constant Pressure (1 atm) and 25°C kJ/kg °C 0.891
Heat of Vaporization at Boiling Point at 25°C kJ/kg °C 88.0
Relative Dielectric Strength 1 atm at 734 mm Hg, 25°C (N2 = 1.0) N/A 2.3
Solubility of Water in agent at 25°C N/A 0.001% by weight

Note: NFPA 2001 Reference=FK-5-1-12=Dodecafluoro-2-Methylpentan-3-one
July 2014 1-8 06-237256-001

General Information
Table 1-6. Agent Cylinder Pressure based on Agent Cylinder Fill Density vs Temperature, Metric Units
Pressure, kPa
Fill Density
Temp, °C
560 kg/m3 640 kg/m3 801 kg/m3 961 kg/m3 1121 kg/m3
0 2234 2221 2190 2141 2060
4.4 2284 2274 2248 2208 2140
10 2349 2342 2323 2295 2246
15.6 2415 2412 2402 2386 2359
21.1 2484 2484 2483 2482 2480
26.7 2555 2559 2568 2584 2611
32.2 2629 2637 2658 2691 2753
37.8 2705 2717 2751 2805 2906
43.3 2784 2802 2849 2925 3073
48.9 2867 2889 2951 3054 3255
54.4 2953 2981 3059 3190 3454
06-237256-001 1-9 July 2014

General Information
July 2014 1-10 06-237256-001

Operation
CHAPTER 2
OPERATION
2-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter describes the controls and indicators for the Kidde ECS ADS Series with 3M™
Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to as “agent”).
2-2 SYSTEM CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
2-2.1 General
The agent storage container, also referred to as the agent cylinder-valve assembly, consists of
a steel cylinder fitted with a discharge valve assembly that includes a siphon tube that extends
nearly to the bottom of the cylinder. The agent storage container is super-pressurized to 360
psig with dry nitrogen. Additional nitrogen is stored in a secondary high-pressure cylinder.
When the secondary nitrogen cylinder discharge valve is actuated by a control head, the
nitrogen pressure operates a pneumatic control head on the agent cylinder while
simultaneously delivering nitrogen to the agent cylinder through the nitrogen diffuser check
valve. Pressurized agent is then propelled through the agent discharge valve and into the pipe
network.
The agent travels through the system pipe network to the discharge nozzle(s) where the agent
is discharged as fine droplets, which quickly vaporize in the air of the protected space. The
discharge nozzle(s) control the flow of the agent and ensure proper agent distribution
throughout the hazard.
2-3 OPERATING PROCEDURES
2-3.1 Automatic Operation

When a system is operated automatically via a detection and control system, all personnel
must evacuate the hazard area promptly upon hearing the predischarge alarm. Make sure no
one enters the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
2-3.2 Remote Manual Operation

Operate as follows:
1. Proceed to the appropriate remote manual pull station for the hazard.
2. Operate the manual pull station.
3. Leave the hazard area immediately.
4. Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
Note: The above instructions must be posted on display in the protected area.
06-237256-001 2-1 July 2014

Operation
2-3.3 Local Manual Operation
Local manual control is not part of the normal system actuation and should only
CAUTION be used in an emergency as a last resort.
Operate as follows:
1. Proceed to the appropriate master nitrogen driver and the agent cylinder for the hazard.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the nitrogen cylinder control head.
3. Operate the lever following instructions on the lever or control head nameplate.
4. Leave the hazard area immediately.
5. Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
2-3.4 Local Manual Operation UL Listed 3-Way Directional Valves (P/N 90-
22003X-00X)
Note: Not FM Approved for use with the Kidde ECS ADS Series (UL Listed only).
Local manual caution override operation of solenoid for directional valves is not part of the
normal system actuation and should only be used in an emergency as a last resort.
1. Proceed to the appropriate nitrogen pilot cylinder.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the nitrogen pilot cylinder control head.
4. Proceed to the appropriate directional valve for the zone requiring extinguishment.
5. Depress the red button on the solenoid and turn clockwise 1/4-turn to open the directional
valve.
Note: Turning the button clockwise 1/4-turn locks the valve open. The directional valve will
remain open as long as a minimum of 40 PSI (2.75 bar gauge) remains in the line to
the solenoid.
6. Proceed to the appropriate master nitrogen driver and the agent cylinder for the zone in
alarm.
7. Remove the safety pull pin from the nitrogen cylinder control head.
Consideration must be given to the number of personnel necessary to locally

CAUTION operate the directional valves and cylinders in an emergency situation.
2-3.5 Post-Discharge Service

After an agent discharge, qualified fire suppression system maintenance personnel must
perform post-discharge service, as directed in Chapter 6 of this manual. Observe all warnings,
especially those pertaining to the length of elapsed time before entering the hazard area.
Ensure that all post-discharge ventilation systems have operated in accordance with the
system working plans before entering the hazard area.
Do not enter a hazard area with an open flame or lighted smoking materials.
The possible presence of flammable vapors may cause re-ignition or explosion.
Ensure fire is completely extinguished before ventilating the hazard area.
WARNING Before permitting anyone to enter the hazard area, ventilate the area to purge
all combustion gases and agent vapors. Alternatively, use self-contained
breathing apparatus when entering the hazard area after system discharge.
July 2014 2-2 06-237256-001

Operation
2-4 CYLINDER RECHARGE

1. Recharge all agent and nitrogen driver cylinders immediately after use by returning all cyl-
inders to an authorized Kidde distributor or qualified refill agency.
2. Refill in accordance with procedures outlined in Chapter 6 of this manual.
2-5 SPECIAL SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
2-5.1 Systems Actuated with a Master Cylinder

In systems where a master agent cylinder and nitrogen driver set actuates a pressure operated
control head on additional slave cylinder sets, the pressure in the flexible actuation hose line
is vented into the discharge manifold following the system discharge. The pressure drop in the
pilot line allows the pressure operated control head to automatically reset. However, as a
precaution before reinstating the system, ensure that the control head actuating pin is in the
retracted (SET) position.
2-5.2 Systems Actuated with a Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder

In systems where a pilot nitrogen cylinder actuates a pressure operated control head on a slave
nitrogen driver cylinder, nitrogen pressure is trapped in the pilot manifold when the system
actuates and is not self-venting. Therefore, before reattaching a pressure operated control
head to a recharged agent cylinder, the following procedure must be performed to ensure that
the pilot manifold is vented and the pressure operated control heads have returned to the SET
position.
1. Vent any remaining pressure from the pilot line and remove the master control head from
the nitrogen pilot cylinder(s). Reset the master control head and remove the pressure op-
erated control head(s) from the slave cylinder(s).
2. Recharge and reinstall the nitrogen pilot cylinders to the correct charged pressure and re-
install the master control head.
3. Before installing a pressure operated control head on an agent cylinder, ensure that the
actuator pin is in the retracted (SET) position.
4. Follow all other procedures and cautions as detailed in Chapter 6 of this manual.
06-237256-001 2-3 July 2014

Operation
July 2014 2-4 06-237256-001

Component Descriptions
CHAPTER 3
COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS
3-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides a functional description of the modules and assemblies in the Kidde ECS
ADS Series.
3-2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

Compressed 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to as “agent”) is held in the
agent storage container by a discharge valve. When the discharge valve is actuated, the liquid
agent discharges through the valve outlet and is directed through the distribution piping to the
nozzles. The nozzles provide the proper flow rate and distribution of the agent.
The Kidde ECS ADS Series is composed of the following components and assemblies:
• Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly(s)
• Agent Cylinder/Valve Assembly
• Liquid Level Indicator
• Cylinder Straps
• Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Equipment
• Agent Cylinder Mounting Equipment
• Control Head for the Nitrogen Driver Valve
• Cable Manual Pull Station (for Nitrogen Driver Only)
• Actuation Assembly Kit
• 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose(s)
• Flexible Actuation Hose
• Tees, Elbows and Adapters
• Discharge Accessories Nitrogen Driver: 3/4” Orifice Fitting
• Discharge Accessories for agent Cylinder: Flexible Discharge Hose, Valve Outlet Adapters,
Check Valves, Manifold El-Checks, Pressure Operated Switches, Swing Checks, Directional
Valves, Electric Solenoid, Pressure Operated Trip, Discharge Indicator, Corner Pulleys,
Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch
• Discharge Nozzles
• Hydrostatic Test Adapter
• Agent Cylinder Recharge Adapter
• Agent Cylinder Seating Adapter
• Detector
• Control Panel
Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-2 show the above components in two typical configurations.
06-237256-001 3-1 July 2014

fire suppression
panel detector
pressure
PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH
3P.D.T.
operated electric
control
UL
FM
switch
head
valve
FOR FIRE
BREAK GLASS PULL HANDLE
PULL HARD
KIDDE-FENWAL
distribution pull station

piping
pressure
nozzle gauge
liquid level Agent N2

indicator Storage Driver
Cylinder
Figure 3-1. Typical Agent System with Electric Control Head
pull station
FOR FIRE
PULL HARD
KIDDE-FENWAL
pressure
gauge
corner
valve pulley
cable operated
control head
nozzle
Agent N2
Storage Driver
Cylinder
Figure 3-2. Typical Agent System with Cable Operated Control Head
July 2014 3-2 06-237256-001

3-3 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS
3-3.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assemblies

Nitrogen is stored in steel cylinders at 1800 PSIG (124.1 bar gauge). The cylinder/valve
assembly is equipped with a pressure gauge and a safety burst disc in compliance with
Department of Transportation (DOT) requirements. The discharge valve is also equipped with
a port for the supervisory pressure switch.
In addition, each cylinder/valve assembly is provided with a safety cap and a protection cap
which is a safety feature to prevent uncontrolled, accidental discharge. See Figure 3-3,
Table 3-1, and Table 3-2 for reference.
The safety cap must be installed on the discharge valve outlet whenever a
cylinder valve assembly is not connected to the system piping. Failure to install
WARNING the safety cap could result in serious bodily injury, death or property damage in
the event of inadvertent and unexpected cylinder discharge.
TYPE "I" CYLINDER

VALVE
THREAD FOR
CONTROL DISCHARGE HEAD
PORT 0
SAFETY DISC
PRESSURE ASSEMBLY
GUAGE
THREAD FOR
PROTECTION CAP
CYLINDER
Figure 3-3. 2300, 4070 and the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Drive Cylinder and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount
Only
Table 3-1. Dimensions, Agent Nitrogen Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only
Volume Height A Diameter B Burst

Part Number Disc
in.3 m3 in. mm in. mm Color
45-502300-X01 2300 0.0377 55 1390 8.5 215 White

45-504070-X01 4070 0.0667 62 1570 10.5 266 White
45-504890-X01 4893 0.0801 69 1753 11.25 28 White
Note:
All cylinders require the 5/8” valve.
Supervisory Switch does not impact dimensions or volume.
-101 indicates a cylinder with the supervisory switch. -001 indicates a cylinder without the
supervisory switch.
06-237256-001 3-3 July 2014

The Kidde ECS ADS Series engineered equipment listed herein is designed for an operating
temperature range of 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C). The flow calculation software program is
designed for a 70°F (21°C) container operating/storage temperature (for more information see
latest version of the Flow Calculation Software User’s Guide 06-237256-004). Therefore, the
container operating and storage temperature must be in the range of 60°F to 80°F (16°C to
27°C) for a single unbalanced system protecting two or more separate hazards. If the
container operating and storage temperature is outside this range, an insufficient quantity of
agent may be discharged from one or more discharge nozzles.
Table 3-2. Fill Capacity: 2300, 4070 and the 4890 cu. in. Capacity Nitrogen Drive Cylinder and Valve
Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only
Fill Weight (Nominal) Empty Weight

Part Number
lb. kg lb. kg
45-502300-X01 12.2 5.5 102 ± 2 46.3 ± 0.9

45-504070-X01 21 9.5 186 ± 3 84.4 ± 1.4
45-504890-X01 25.1 11.4 270 ± 3 122.5 ± 1.0
Note:
Supervisory Switch does not impact weights.
-101 indicates a cylinder with the supervisory switch. -001 indicates a cylinder without the supervisory
switch.
3-3.1.1 Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauges

Kidde Fire Systems offers two options for nitrogen driver pressure gauges. P/N: 06-118328-
001 is a supervised en.Gauge® option which can be connected to a control panel to report pres-
sure troubles with the drive cylinder. P/N: 06118253-001 is a pressure gauge which has to be
checked manually.
Figure 3-4. en.Gauge Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauge P/N: 06-118328-001
Figure 3-5. Standard Nitrogen Driver Pressure Gauge P/N: 06-118253-001
July 2014 3-4 06-237256-001

3-3.1.2 Plain Nut Discharge Head (P/N WK-872450-000)

At installation, each nitrogen driver cylinder and valve assembly must be equipped with a plain
nut discharge head to actuate the cylinder valve. The discharge head is assembled to the top
of the cylinder valve and contains a spring-loaded piston which, when actuated by nitrogen
pressure, is designed to depress the main check in the valve and transfer the contents of the
nitrogen tank into the agent cylinder. The transfer outlet is designed to mate with the swivel
adapter on the 1” flexible transfer hose (P/N 06-118207-00X). The discharge head also
contains an integral stop check which, in the event that a cylinder is removed from the Kidde
ECS ADS Series assembly, automatically prevents the loss of nitrogen during the system
transfer. The plain nut discharge head allows the nitrogen driver to be actuated by the control
head (electric or pneumatic) or by back pressure discharge in the manifold.
3.81"
(97 mm)
PISTON
BALL
RETAINER
STOP
CHECK BALL
CHECK
SPRING
3.94"
(100 mm) DISCHARGE
OUTLET
SET 3/4" NPS

POSITION
2 1/2 - 14N-3
OPERATED
POSITION
OUTER O-RING
P/N WK-242466-000
SWIVEL NUT
(FOR CONNECTION INNER 0-RING
TO CYLINDER VALVE) P/N WK-242467-000
STEM
Figure 3-6. Plain Nut Discharge Head, P/N WK-872450-000
06-237256-001 3-5 July 2014

3-3.2 Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies

The agent is stored in steel cylinders as a liquid, super-pressurized with nitrogen to 360 PSIG
at 70°F (27.92 bar gauge at 21°C). The cylinder valve assembly is equipped with a safety burst
disc in compliance with DOT requirements. Each cylinder has a liquid level indicator to help with
determining agent remaining.
In addition, each cylinder/valve assembly is provided with a safety cap and a protection cap
which is a safety feature to prevent uncontrolled, accidental discharge. (See Figure 3-6 and
Tables 3-4 and 3-5.)
The safety cap must be installed on the discharge valve outlet whenever a
cylinder valve assembly is not connected to the system piping. Failure to install
WARNING the safety cap could result in serious bodily injury, death or property damage in
the event of inadvertent and unexpected cylinder discharge.
SAFETY CAP CYLINDER VALVE
LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR

LIFTING LUGS
CYLINDER
C B
CYLINDER
NAMEPLATE
Figure 3-7. 200, 350, 600 and 900 lb. Cylinder and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only
Table 3-3. Dimensions, Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only
Valve Height
Height Diameter
Part Number With LLI
(C) (A)
(B)
45-500201-001 Yes 52.75 1340 12.75 324 47.5 1207

45-500351-001 Yes 58.36 1482 16 406 53.1 1349
45-500601-001 Yes 58.5 1486 22 559 50.3 1278
45-500901-001 Yes 70 1778 24 610 61.8 1570
Table 3-4. Fill Range Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only
Fill Range Empty Weight Volume

Part Number
lb. kg lb. kg ft.3 m3
45-500201-001 100-200 45.4-90.7 136 62 2.885 0.0817

45-500351-001 175-350 79.4-158.8 206 93 5.0654 0.1434
45-500601-001 300-600 136.1-272.2 370 168 8.68 0.246
45-500901-001 455-910 206.4-412.8 505 230 13 0.368
July 2014 3-6 06-237256-001

The Kidde ECS ADS Series engineered equipment listed herein is designed for an operating
temperature range of 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C). Table 3-7 shows the container pressure-
temperature relationship based on a maximum fill density of 70 lb./ft.3 (1121.3 kg/m3). The
latest version of the flow calculation software program is designed for a 70°F (21°C) container
operating/storage temperature (for more information see latest version of the Flow Calculation
Software User’s Guide 06-237256-004). Therefore, the container operating and storage
temperature must be in the range of 60°F to 80°F (16°C to 27°C) for a single unbalanced
system protecting two or more separate hazards. If the container operating and storage
temperature is outside this range, an insufficient quantity of agent may be discharged from
one or more discharge nozzles. Figure 3-8and Figure 3-9 represent the 2” and 3” valve
arrangements.
All agent cylinders can are supplied with an integral liquid level indicator (see Paragraph 3-
3.3). See Table 3-5 for discharge valve equivalent lengths.
Table 3-5. Discharge Valve Equivalent Lengths (for 200, 350, 600 and 900 lb. Cylinders)
Equivalent Length w/o Equivalent Length w/

Part Number Nomenclature Discharge Outlet Flex Hose Flex Hose
ft. m ft. m
45-500201-001 200 lb. Cylinder 2” 59 18 65 19.81
45-500351-001 350 lb. Cylinder 2” 59 18 65 19.81
45-500601-001 600 lb. Cylinder 3” 50 15.2 80 24.4
45-500901-001 900 lb. Cylinder 3” 50 15.2 80 24.4
PRO CAP
ACTUATION
PORT
OUTLET
PROTECTION
CAP
SAFETY
CAP
Figure 3-8. 2” Valve General Arrangement
06-237256-001 3-7 July 2014

PROTECTIVE
CAP
ACTUATION
PORT
VICTAULIC
FITTING AND PLUG
SAFETY
CAP
Figure 3-9. 3” Valve General Arrangement
Table 3-6. Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation

(based on an agent cylinder fill density of 70 lb./ft.3 [1121.3 kg/m3])
Temperature Agent Cylinder Pressure Nitrogen Driver Pressure

(°F)
PSIG Bar PSIG Bar
32 333 23.0 1670 115.2

40 339 23.4 1697 117.1
50 346 23.9 1732 119.4
60 353 24.3 1766 121.8
70 360 24.8 1800 124.1
80 367 25.3 1834 126.5
90 374 25.8 1868 128.9
100 381 26.3 1903 131.2
110 399 26.8 1937 133.6
120 396 27.3 1971 135.9
130 403 27.8 2005 138.3
July 2014 3-8 06-237256-001

3-3.3 Liquid Level Indicator (P/Ns WK-283894-000 and 06-118266-001)

The liquid level indicator consists of a hollow metal tube inserted into a special fitting in the top
of the agent cylinders (see Figure 3-10 and Table 3-7). The indicator is provided with a
graduated tape that senses the position of a toroidal magnet encased within an internal float
riding on the liquid surface. The graduations on the tape indicate the liquid level within the
cylinder. The agent quantity is determined using calibration charts (see Figure 5-2 through
Figure 5-5.)
CAP
GRADUATED TAPE
P/N WK-283894-000
SHOWN IN MAGNETIC
READING TAKEN AT TOP INTERLOCK POSITION
EDGE OF FITTING READY TO TAKE READING.
O-RING
BRASS TUBE
TAPE INSIDE
BRASS TUBE AGENT
CYLINDER
AGENT LEVEL
MAGNETIC END OF
TAPE ENGAGES
IN MAGNETIC FIELD
OF FLOAT WHEN
TAPE IS PULLED
UP TO TAKE READING.
MAGNET EMBEDDED
IN FLOAT.
FLOAT - FLOATS ON SURFACE
OF AGENT.
FREE TO MOVE UP OR DOWN
OUTSIDE OF BRASS TUBE.
RETAINER - FLOAT RESTS

HERE WHEN CYLINER
IS EMPTY.
Figure 3-10. Liquid Level Indicator
Table 3-7. Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers
Cylinder Liquid Level Part Number
200 WK-283894-000
350 WK-283894-000
600 WK-283894-000
900 06-118266-00
06-237256-001 3-9 July 2014

3-3.4 Combined Cylinder Straps for 200 and 350 lb. Systems
(P/Ns 06-236127-001 and 06-236126-001)
The agent cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinders are secured in place using the combined
cylinder strap. The strap is to be bolted to a solid wall or a strut assembly in three locations:
left, right and center. Use 1/2” threaded rod and/or 1/2” diameter nuts, bolts and washers to
secure the mounting strap to a vertical surface. After the containers are securely mounted,
they can then be connected to the discharge piping per the system drawings. The Combined
Cylinder Strap is available for the 200 lb. cylinder (P/N 06-236127-001) and for the 350 lb.
cylinder (P/N 06-236126-001). See Figures 3-10 and 3-11 and Tables 3-9 and 3-10 on the
following page for more information.
B
F
D E
G
H
8.625 DIA.
(hole diameter)
12.905 DIA.
C
Figure 3-11. 200 lb. Combined Cylinder Strap
B
F
D E
G
H 10.875 DIA.
(hole diameter)
16.156 DIA. C
Figure 3-12. 350 lb. Combined Cylinder Strap
Table 3-8. Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions, English
Part Number Cylinder Size A B C D E F G H
06-236127-001 200 11.91 27 7.88 8.2 6.06 11.1 1.75 0.562

06-236126-001 350 15.16 32.28 9.88 9.83 7.19 13.12 1.75 0.562
Note: Dimensions are in inches.
Table 3-9. Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions, Metric
Part Number Cylinder Size A B C D E F G H
06-236127-001 200 303 686 200 208 154 282 44 14

06-236126-001 350 385 820 251 250 183 333 44 14
Note: Dimensions are in millimeters.
July 2014 3-10 06-237256-001

3-3.5 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Equipment for 200 and 350 lb.
Systems
3-3.5.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps (P/N WK-270014-000 and P/N
WK-270157-000)
Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the cylinders in a vertical position.
Cylinder straps (P/Ns WK-270014-000 and WK-270157-000) are available for both the 2300
cu. in. and the 4070 cu. in. drivers. See Figure 3-13 and Table 3-10and Table 3-11.
F (hole size)
Figure 3-13. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Strap
Table 3-10. Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, English
Part Number Cylinder Size A B C D E
WK-270014-000 2300 7.94 11.5 10.4 1 3.5

WK-270157-000 4070 10 14 12.4 1.75 4.5
Note: Dimensions are in inches
Table 3-11. Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric
WK-270014-000 2300 202 292 264 25 89

WK-270157-000 4070 254 356 315 44 114
Note: Dimensions are in millimeter
06-237256-001 3-11 July 2014

3-3.5.2 Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps for 600 and 900 lb.
Systems (P/N 06-236173-001 and P/N 06-236174-001)
Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the cylinders in a vertical position. Cylinder straps
(P/Ns 06-236173-001 and 06-236174-001) are available for both the 4070 cu. in. and the
4890 cu. in. drivers. See Figure 3-14and Figure 3-15 and Table 3-13 and Table 3-14.
C
D
F (hole size)
Figure 3-14. Cylinder Straps for the 4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver
C
D
F
Figure 3-15. Cylinder Straps for the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver
Table 3-12. Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, English
06-236173-001 4070 21.4 10.9 13.6 1.75 15.75

06-236174-001 4890 22.4 11.4 14.1 1.75 16.5
Note: Dimensions are in inches.
Table 3-13. Dimensions- Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric
Part Number Cylinder Size A B C D E F
06-236173-001 4070 544 277 345 44.4 399 15.9

06-236174-001 4890 569 290 358 44.4 419 15.9
Note: Dimensions are in millimeters
July 2014 3-12 06-237256-001

3-3.6 Agent Cylinder Mounting Equipment (P/Ns 06-235317-001, WK-

281866-000, WK-294651-000 and 06-236125-001)
Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the cylinders in a vertical position.
Cylinder strap are available for all size cylinders. See Figure 3-16, Table 3-14 and Table 3-15.
F (hole size)
Figure 3-16. Agent Cylinder Mounting Straps
Table 3-14. Dimensions-Cylinder Mounting Straps, English
Cylinder
O.D.
06-235317-001 200 12.75 12.175 16.18 14.56 1.75 5.59 0.625

WK-281866-000 350 16 15.5 19.5 17.88 1.75 7.25 0.625
WK-294651-000 600 22 21.56 25.75 24.12 1.75 10.25 0.625
06-236125-001 900 24 23.75 27.75 26 1.75 12.13 0.625
Table 3-15. Dimensions-Cylinder Mounting Straps, Metric
Cylinder
O.D.
06-235317-001 200 324 309 411 370 44 142 16

WK-281866-000 350 406 394 495 454 44 184 16
WK-294651-000 600 558.8 547.62 654.05 612.65 44.15 260.35 15.88
06-236125-001 900 610 603 704.65 660.4 44.15 308.1 15.88
Note: Dimensions are in millimeters
3-3.7 Control Heads for Nitrogen Driver Valve Only

A suitable control unit, specifically Listed and Approved as a releasing device for use with the
following electric control heads shall be provided for the supervision of releasing circuits per
06-237256-001 3-13 July 2014

NFPA requirements. In addition, a 24-hour back-up power source shall be provided per NFPA
requirements.
3-3.7.1 Electric Control Head (P/N WK-890181-000)

The electric control head provides for electric actuation of the nitrogen driver cylinder valve. It
is operated electrically from a detection and control system or a remote manual station, or
locally with a manual lever on the electric control head. See Figure 3-17 and Table 3-16.
Note: The Kidde ECS ADS Series equipment listed herein is designed for an operating tem-
perature range of 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C).
CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE

ELECTRIC CONDUIT -
3/4” NPT FEMALE
LOCKING PIN
SEAL WIRE
PU
ELECTRIC
LOCAL MANUAL
CONTROL HEAD
RELEASE LEVER
6.18" VOLTS
AMPS
(157 mm) PART NO.
SWIVEL NUT
INDICATOR AND TO RESET
RESET STEM
USE SCREWDRIVER
1-1/4” 18NF-3
THREAD
SET RELEASED
MADE IN U. S. A.
KIDDE-FENWAL, INC.
400 MAIN STREET
ASHLAND, MA 01721
4.00"
(102 mm)
Figure 3-17. Electric Control Head
Table 3-16. Electric Operated Control Heads
Part Number Type Voltage Amps
WK-890181-000 Standard 24 Vdc 2
July 2014 3-14 06-237256-001

3-3.7.2 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads (P/Ns 81-895630-000 and WK-

897494-000)
The electric/cable operated control head mounts directly on the nitrogen driver cylinder valve,
and provides for both electric actuation or remote cable operation. The control head is operated
remotely by an electrical signal from a detection system or electric manual pull station. The
control head can also be operated mechanically from a remote cable operated manual pull
station or locally using the manual lever on the control head.
CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE OPERATING SOLENOID

ELECTRIC CONDUIT 1/2" NPT UL LISTED FOR USE IN
FEMALE THE FOLLOWING HAZARDOUS
LOCATIONS:
CLASS GROUP OP. TEMP.
I C -13 TO +150F
CONNECTING WIRES (-25 TO +65C)
36" (914 mm) LONG I D -40 TO +150F
(-40 TO +65C)
II E,F,G -40 TO +150F
(-40 TO +65C)
7.375” LOCKING PIN
(187 mm)
PU
SEAL WIRE
INSTRUCTIONS
MAINTENANCE
PART NO.
SEE
FOR
INDICATOR AND
KIDDE-FENWAL, INC.
ASHLAND, MA 01721
400 MAIN STREET
SET
MADE IN U.S.A.
USE SCREWDRIVER
RESET STEM CONNECTION FOR
CONTROL HEAD
TO RESET
ELECTRIC
REMOTE PULL BOX
HZ AMPS
CABLE
VOLTS
PULL
PIPE OR CONDUIT
RELEASED
3/8" NPS MALE
LOCAL MANUAL
RELEASE LEVER
4.937”
(125 mm) SWIVEL NUT
1.500 (38 mm) HEX
CONNECTION FOR CABLE 1.250-18 NF-3 THREAD
HOUSING TO SECOND
CONTROL HEAD IF USED
3/8" NPS FEMALE.
USE PNEUMATIC CONTROL
HEAD CABLE HOUSINGS
Figure 3-18. Electric/Cable Operated Control Head
Table 3-17. Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads
Part Number Type Voltage Amps Rating
81-895630-000 Standard 24 Vdc 2.0 momentary N/A

WK-897494-000 Explosion Proof 24 Vdc 1.65 continuous 33.0 Watts
06-237256-001 3-15 July 2014

3-3.7.3 Cable Operated Control Head (P/N 81-979469-000)

The cable operated control head is used for systems designed for manual operation only. It
mounts directly on the side of the nitrogen driver cylinder valve and is operated remotely from
a cable manual pull station or locally using the manual lever on the control head. The cable
operated control head is self-venting to prevent accidental system discharge in the event of a
slow build up of pressure (see Figure 3-19).
LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER

SEAL WIRE
LOCKING PIN
DIRECTION OF THREADED NUT -

CLOSURE PULL 3/8" NPS FOR PIPE
DISC
1/16" CABLE
4.25"
(108 mm)
3/8" PIPE (OR 1/2" EMT
SWIVEL WITH ADAPTER
NUT P/N WK-843837-000)
1.50"
(38 mm)
5.25"
(133 mm)
1-1/4"-18 NF-3
FEMALE
CABLE CLAMP AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY
Figure 3-19. Cable Operated Control Head
3-3.7.4 Lever Operated Control Head (P/N WK-870652-000)

The lever operated control head is equipped with an operating lever that is secured in the
closed position by a safety pull pin. By removing the safety pin, the lever can be manually
rotated to the open position, thereby activating the cylinder or valve on which it is installed
(see Figure 3-20).
LOCKING PIN
ALLOW APPROX. 2" (50 mm)
CLEARANCE FOR
OPERATION OF LEVER
CLOSED
SEAL WIRE BODY
LEVER
TO OPEN
3.17"
(81 mm)
SWIVEL
NUT
1.50"
(38 mm)
SET
1-1/4"-18 NF-3
FEMALE OPERATED
3.00"
(76 mm)
STEM
Figure 3-20. Lever Operated Control Head
July 2014 3-16 06-237256-001

3-3.7.5 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head (P/N 82-878751-000)

The lever/pressure operated control head allows manual or pressure actuation of several
system components, including nitrogen driver cylinder valves and nitrogen actuators (see
Figure 3-21).
LEVER ALLOW APPROX. 2" (50.8 mm)

CLEARANCE FOR
SAFETY PIN OPERATION OF LEVER
CLOSED
SEAL WIRE
OPEN
TO OPEN
1/8" NPT PRESSURE

4.50" INLET
(114.3 mm)
PISTON BODY
SET
OPERATED
1.250-18 UNEF-3B
3.00"
(76.2 mm)
Figure 3-21. Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head
Before resetting a lever/pressure-operated control head, all pressure must be

relieved from the cylinder and actuation lines. Pressure can be relieved from
unvented actuation tubing by loosening the fitting on the control head slightly
and allowing the line to bleed out completely. Failure to perform this action can
result in damage to the control head.
WARNING
When attaching the lever/pressure-operated control head to the valve, the
swivel nut must be tightened to a torque of 55 ft-lb. Failure to tighten the swivel
nut as directed may result in leakage during actuation.
06-237256-001 3-17 July 2014

3-3.7.6 Pressure Operated Control Head (P/Ns 82-878737-000 and 82-878750-000)

The pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878737-000) allows for pressure actuation of
nitrogen driver cylinders, and is mounted directly on the side of the nitrogen driver cylinder
valve (see Figure 3-22). Pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878750-000) offers a
stackable design and is used where an electric/mechanical control head actuation is also
required on the same cylinder (see Figure 3-23).
1.00" HEX
(25.4 mm) 1/8"-27 NPT
PRESSURE INLET
PISTON
2.19"
(55.6 mm) SWIVEL NUT
SET
OPERATED 1.250-18
UNEF-3B
1.50" HEX
(38 mm)
Figure 3-22. Pressure Operated Control Head
1.250-18 UNEF-3A
CAP RETAINER
0.125-27 NPT
3.48" PRESSURE INLET
(88.4 mm)
PISTON
BODY
SET
OPERATED
1.250-18 UNEF-3B STEM
Figure 3-23. Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head
July 2014 3-18 06-237256-001

3-3.8 Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface (P/N 81-871403-000)

The surface type remote cable manual pull station is a cable operated device. To actuate the
ADS Series Nitrogen Driver, break the glass plate on the box using the attached hammer and
pull the handle (see Figure 3-24).
2 - NAMEPLATE
BRACKETS -
(SUPPLIED WITH
OPTIONAL
NAMEPLATE PULL BOX)
(BY INSTALLER) 4-COVER
SCREWS
FOR FIRE
3/8” PIPE
PULL
5.87" HANDLE
(149 mm) PULL HARD
KIDDE-FENWAL
400 Main Street - Ashland, MA 01721-2150
Tel(508)881-3000 FAX(508)881-0020 1/16” CABLE
HAMMER
P/N
WK-800450-000
5.00" 2.25"
(127 mm) (57 mm)
BREAK GLASS
P/N WK-928103-000 PULL HANDLE
CABLE FASTENER FOR 1/16” CABLE
2 - HOLES FOR 1/4”

3/8” NPT FEMALE
MOUNTING SCREWS
SECTION VIEW (SCREWS NOT SUPPLIED
WITH PULL BOX)
Figure 3-24. Cable Manual Pull Station
06-237256-001 3-19 July 2014

3-3.9 Actuation Accessories
3-3.9.1 Actuation Assembly Kit for 200 and 350 lb. Cylinders (P/N 06-129882-001)
Gas pressure from the nitrogen cylinder is routed to the agent Cylinder Valve in order to
actuate the valve. Actuation of the agent valve is done by using the 200 and 350 lb. Actuation
Assembly Kit. See Figure 3-25 and Table 3-18 for more details. The kit consists of:
• (1) 3/4” Nitrogen Transfer Fitting, P/N 06-118220-001
• (2) 1/8” NPT x 1/4” flare, P/N 06-118191-001
• (1) 1/8” branch tee, P/N 06-118193-001
• (1) 3/16” flexible loop, P/N 06-118192-001
• (1) 1/8” Schrader valve, P/N WK-263303-000
• (1) 1/4” flare Schrader cap, P/N WK-263304-000
• (1) Pneumatic control head, P/N 82-878737-000
3 6 7
Figure 3-25. Actuation Assembly Kit for the 200 and 350 lb. ADS Series Cylinders
Table 3-18. Actuation Assembly Data for 200 and 350 lb. ADS Series Cylinders
Item No. Qty. Part Number Description
1 1 06-236124-001 Nitrogen transfer fitting

2 1 82-878737-000 Pressure operated control head
3 2 06-118191-001 Fitting flared 1/8” x 1/4”
4 1 06-118193-001 3/16” flexible actuation hose
5 1 06-118192-001 1/8” branch tee
6 1 WK-263303-000 1/8” Schrader valve
7 1 WK-263304-000 1/8” Schrader valve cap
July 2014 3-20 06-237256-001

3-3.9.2 Actuation Assembly Kit for 600 and 900 lb. cylinders (P/N 06-129985-001)
Gas pressure from the nitrogen cylinder is routed to the agent Cylinder Valve in order to
actuate the valve. Actuation of the agent valve is done by using the 600 and 900 lb. Actuation
Assembly Kit (P/N 06-129985-001). See Figure 3-26 and Table 3-19 for more details. The kit
consists of:
• (1) Nitrogen Transfer “Y” Fitting, P/N 06-236260-001
• (2) 1/8” NPT x 1/4” flare, P/N 06-118191-001
• (1) 1/8” branch tee, P/N 06-118193-001
• (1) 3/16” flexible loop, P/N 06-118192-001
• (1) 1/8” Schrader valve, P/N WK-263303-000
• (1) 1/4” flare Schrader cap, P/N WK-263304-000
• (1)Pneumatic control head, P/N 82-878737-000
3 6 7
4
1
8
3
Figure 3-26. Actuation Assembly Kit for the 600 and 900 lb. ADS Series Cylinders
Table 3-19. Actuation Assembly Data for 600 and 900 lb. ADS Series Cylinders
Item No. Qty. Part Number Description
1 1 06-236260-001 Nitrogen transfer “Y” fitting

2 1 82-878737-000 Pressure operated control head
3 2 06-118191-001 Fitting flared 1/8” x 1/4”
4 1 06-118193-001 3/16” flexible actuation hose
5 1 06-118192-001 1/8” branch tee
6 1 WK-263303-000 1/8” Schrader valve
7 1 WK-263304-000 1/8” Schrader valve cap
8 1 06-118330-001 3/4” Nipple
06-237256-001 3-21 July 2014

3-3.9.3 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose (P/N 06-118207-00X)

Nitrogen is routed from the driver cylinder's discharge head to the 3/4” transfer fitting (located
on the agent cylinder) by a flexible 1” rubber covered hose with wire-braided reinforcements
(see Figure 3-27and Table 3-20).
Note: When connecting the hose, torque to 60-80 ft-lbs. Over or under torquing could result
in leakage.
3/4-14NPT
1.375 HEX (REF) 1.375 HEX (REF)
1.500
1.000 DIA
DIA MIN.
1.625 DIA.
1.250 HEX (REF) 3/4-14NPSM
Figure 3-27. 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose
Table 3-20. 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose Data
Part Number Description Dimension A
06-118207-001 For use with 350 lb. system 18.00”

06-118207-002 For use with 200 lb. system 14.75”
06-118207-003 For use with 600 lb. and 900 lb. systems 23.62”
July 2014 3-22 06-237256-001

3-3.9.4 Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and Adapter (P/Ns WK-877940-200,

WK-877845-000 and WK-699205-010)
The nitrogen actuator is used in multiple cylinder and main/reserve systems. When activated
by a control head, gas pressure is routed from the nitrogen cylinder to pressure operated
control heads mounted on each driver cylinder, resulting in a complete system discharge (see
Figure 3-28 and Table 3-21).
Table 3-21. Nitrogen Assembly Data
Part Number Description
WK-877940-200 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, 1800 PSI at 70F (124 bar gauge at 20C)
WK-877845-000 Mounting Bracket
WK-699205-010 Mounting Adapter
GAUGE
PLUG OUTLET PORT-1/8" NPT FEMALE
ATTACH ADAPTER HERE
1/8" NPT 5/16"-TUBING

SAFETY MALE MALE
OUTLET ADAPTER
P/N WK-699205-010
1-1/4"-18 NF-3
FOR CONTROL HEAD CONNECTION
CYLINDER P/N WK-877940-200
BRACKET P/N WK-877845-000
16"
(406 mm)
3.56"
(90 mm)
Figure 3-28. Nitrogen Actuator Mounting Bracket and Adapter
06-237256-001 3-23 July 2014

3-3.9.5 Flexible Actuation Hose (P/N 06-118193-00X)

The flexible actuation hose is used in multiple cylinder systems. Pilot pressure is directed to a
pressure operated control head on each nitrogen driver cylinder valve using a 1/4-inch
actuation hose (see Figure 3-29 and Table 3-22).
STAINLESS STEEL
BRAID
0.250-45° SAE SWIVEL - BRASS EXTRUDED
7/16-20 (0.437- 20) THREAD TEFLON INNERCORE
Figure 3-29. Flexible Actuation Hose
Table 3-22. Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose
Dimension A
Part Number
(inches) (mm)
06-118193-001 16 406
06-118193-003 22 559
06-118193-002 36 116
3-3.9.6 Tees, Elbows and Adapters

Tees, elbows and adapters connect actuation hoses to pressure operated control heads in
multiple cylinder system installations (see Figure 3-30 and Figure 3-31).
MALE CONNECTOR
1/8" NPT X 5/16" TUBING
P/N WK-699205-010
MALE ELBOW MALE BRANCH TEE
1/8" NPT X 5/16" TUBING 1/8" NPT X 5/16" TUBING
P/N WK-699205-030 P/N WK-699205-050
Figure 3-30. Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Nitrogen Pilot Actuation
1/8” FLARE ADAPTER

1/8” NPT X 3/16 “ TUBING
P/N 06-118191-001
1/8” ELBOW 1/8” BRANCH TEE
1/8” NPT X 3/16” TUBING 1/8” NPT x 3/16” TUBING
P/N 06-118284-001 P/N 06-118285-001
Figure 3-31. Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Manifolded Cylinder Actuation
July 2014 3-24 06-237256-001

3-3.10 Discharge Accessories–Nitrogen Driver Cylinder
3-3.10.1 3/4” Orifice Fitting (P/N 85-194129-XXX)

The 3/4” Orifice Fittings are designed to provide the proper regulated flow rate of nitrogen to
the agent cylinder (see Figure 3-32 and Table 3-23).
1.500 in.
(38 mm)
HEX.
0.750-14 NPT 2.21 in.

(56 mm)
3.05 in.
(77.5 mm)
1.000-16 UN-2A
Figure 3-32. Orifice Fitting
Table 3-23. Orifice Fitting Data
Part Number Diameter (in.) Area (in.2)
85-194129-107 0.107 0.009
85-194129-111 0.111 0.0097
85-194129-116 0.116 0.0106
85-194129-120 0.12 0.0113
85-194129-129 0.129 0.0131
85-194129-136 0.136 0.0145
85-194129-144 0.144 0.0163
85-194129-156 0.156 0.0191
85-194129-170 0.17 0.0227
85-194129-182 0.182 0.026
85-194129-199 0.199 0.0311
85-194129-213 0.213 0.0356
85-194129-234 0.234 0.043
85-194129-261 0.261 0.0535
85-194129-281 0.281 0.062
85-194129-316 0.316 0.0784
85-194129-348 0.348 0.0951
85-194129-391 0.391 0.1201
85-194129-438 0.438 0.1507
85-194129-484 0.484 0.184
06-237256-001 3-25 July 2014

3-3.11 Discharge Accessories–Agent Cylinder
3-3.11.1 3/4” Check Diffuser

The 3/4” check diffuser has two specific purposes: it acts as a check valve to allow the
container to be shipped with agent, however, primarily it is used to distribute the nitrogen in
a horizontal pattern within the vapor space of the agent cylinder. The nitrogen then acts as a
gas piston pushing the agent out of the cylinder, up through the siphon tube. The check diffuser
is installed into the agent cylinder at the factory and shipped with a safety cap (see
Figure 3-33).
VALVE SEAT
P/N 06-235930-001
COPPER GASKET
CUP CHECK ASSEMBLY P/N WK-326420-000
P/N 06-129860-001
SPRING
RETAINING RING
SPRING SEAT
O-RING
P/N WK-566109-160
3/4” CHECK
DIFFUSER BODY
Figure 3-33. 3/4” Check Diffuser
July 2014 3-26 06-237256-001

3-3.11.2 Flexible Discharge Hose (P/N WK-283899-000 and 06-118225-001)

agent is routed from the storage cylinders to the discharge piping by a flexible rubber covered
hose with wire braided reinforcements. These hoses come in 2” and 3” sizes. The hose is
connected to the discharge outlet of the agent cylinder valve and terminates at the system
piping or discharge manifold (see Figure 3-34 and Figure 3-35 and Table 3-24).
HOSE
AGENT CYLINDER VALVE SYSTEM PIPE CONNECTION,
CONNECTION, SWIVEL NUT MALE NPT THREAD
Figure 3-34. 2” Flexible Discharge Hose
CONVOLUTED HOSE WITH

STAINLESS STEEL BRAID OVERLAY
3" MALE SCHEDULE 40
GROOVED FITTING TYP.
Figure 3-35. 3” Flexible Discharge Hose
Table 3-24. Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses
Dimension A Min. Bend Radius

Part Number Size (in.)
in. mm in. mm
WK-283899-000 2 31 787.4 13.5 342.9

06-118225-001 3 54 1372 24 610
06-237256-001 3-27 July 2014

3-3.11.3 Valve Outlet Adapters (P/N WK-283905-000)

A valve outlet adapter connects the cylinder valve outlet to the discharge piping when a flexible
discharge hose is not used (see Figure 3-36and Table 3-25).
Note: A valve outlet adapter is not required for the 3” valve.
B (valve outlet connection)
D C
A (system pipe connection)
Figure 3-36. Valve Outlet Adapter
Table 3-25. Dimensions, Valve Outlet Adapter
C D
Part Number Size (in.) A B
in. mm in. mm
WK-283905-000 2 2”11½ NPT 2.500”12 UNJ 3.12 79.25 3.00 HEX 76.2
July 2014 3-28 06-237256-001

3-3.11.4 Check valves

Check valves are installed in sections of piping in main/reserve systems to prevent the
actuation of the reserve system when the main system is discharged. (See Table 3-26 for
equivalent lengths.)
1/4-inch check valves (P/N WK-264985-000) are installed in the pilot manifold to ensure the
proper number of cylinders are discharged (see Figure 3-37).
DIRECTION
OF FLOW 1/4"-18NPT (TYP.)
2.00" .81"
(51 mm) (21 mm)
HEX
Note: Install the valve with the arrow pointing in the direction of flow.
Figure 3-37. Check Valve
Table 3-26. Check Valves. Equivalent Lengths
Equivalent Length
Part Number Nomenclature Pipe Type
ft. m
81-800327-000 Check Valve, 1/2” NPT 40 T and 40 W 7 2.13

81-800266-000 Check Valve, 3/4” NPT 40 T and 40 W 17 5.18
WK-800443-000 Check Valve, 1” NPT 40 T and 40 W 12 3.66
81-800444-000 Check Valve, 1¼” NPT 40 T and 40 W 51 15.54
81-870152-000 Check Valve, 1½” NPT 40 T and 40 W 57 17.37
81-870151-000 Check Valve, 2” NPT 40 T and 40 W 165 50.29
WK-263716-000 Check Valve, 2½” NPT 40 T and 40 W 268 81.69
81-870100-000 Check Valve, 3” NPT 40 T and 40 W 795 242.31
06-237256-001 3-29 July 2014

3-3.11.5 Manifold EL-Checks (P/N WK-877690-000)

Manifold El-checks are installed at the discharge manifold in a multiple cylinder arrangement
to allow removal of any agent cylinder from the manifold while still retaining a closed system.
The 2-inch El-check is used on the 200 and 350 lb. cylinders (see Figure 3-38 and Table 3-
27and Table 3-28).
Manifold El-checks are not intended to be used as check valves in main/reserve

CAUTION systems. Misuse of parts may cause system malfunction.
VALVE BODY
B C
FOR CONNECTION TO SYSTEM
MANIFOLD
ARROW INDICATES FLOW

DIRECTION
C CHECK
Figure 3-38. Manifold El-Checks
Table 3-27. Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks
Part Number Size A B C
WK-877690-000 2 3.93”(99.8 mm) 4.88”(123.95 mm) 2 - 11½ NPT
Table 3-28. El-Check, Equivalent Length
Part Number Nomenclature Pipe Type Equivalent Length (ft) Equivalent Length (m)
WK-877690-000 2” El-Check 40 T and 40 W 16 4.88
July 2014 3-30 06-237256-001

3-3.11.6 Swing Checks (P/N 06-118213-001 and 06-118058-001)

Swing checks are installed at the discharge manifold for a multiple cylinder arrangement to
maintain a closed system. See Figure 3-39 and Figure 3-40, as well as Table 3-29 for more
information.
4.56 in.
(116 mm)
6.31 in.
(160 mm)
2” NPT
2” NPT
Figure 3-39. 2 in. Swing Check Valve
8.06 in.
(205 mm)
3" NPT
3" NPT 53°MAX. FEMALE
FEMALE SWING ANGLE
9.30 in.
(236 mm)
Figure 3-40. 3 in. Swing Check Valve
Table 3-29. Swing Check Valve Data
Part Number Description Pipe Type Equivalent Length (ft) Equivalent Length (m)
06-118213-001 2 in. 40 T and 40 W 13.4 4.08

06-118058-001 3 in. 40 T and 40 W 13.0 3.96
06-237256-001 3-31 July 2014

3-3.11.7 Pressure Operated Switches (P/N 81-486536-000 and P/N 81-981332-000)

Pressure switches operate from system pressure upon discharge to energize or de-energize
electrically operated equipment. Pressure switches may be used to shut down machinery and
ventilation or to annunciate system discharge. See Figure 3-42 and Figure 3-39 on the
following page for more details.
STEM SHOWN IN SET POSITION-

PULL UP ON STEM TO MANUALLY
OPERATED OPERATED OPERATE SWITCH
SET SET
0.375" (9.52 mm)

PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH
3P.D.T. 8 COVER SCREWS
WIRING
4.00" SCREW
(101.6 mm) TERMINALS UL TO RESET PUSH
FM
STEM TO SET
POSITION
15 AMP 125 Vac

4.00" 10 AMP 250 Vac
(101.6 mm) 3/4 HP 1-2-3 PH 125-480 Vac
FRONT VIEW
COVER REMOVED
½” SUPPLY PIPE WITH UNION
OPERATING PRESSURE = 50 PSI MIN

FRONT VIEW
PRESSURE TESTED 1000 PSI
SWITCH 3PDT
BOX - 3 - ½” CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
EACH SIDE
COVER
GASKET ½” NPT FEMALE - CONNECT TO SYSTEM PIPING
SIDE SECTION
Figure 3-41. Pressure Operated Switch
STEM IN OPERATED
POSITION
1" NPT FEMALE BOTH ENDS

FOR ELECTRIC CONNECTION STEM IN SET POSITION -
PULL UP ON STEM TO 4.37"
SWITCH SUPPLIED WITH MANUALLY OPERATE
2 - 1" NPT PIPE PLUGS (111 mm)
SWITCH
TO RESET PUSH
SET POSITION
STEM TO SET
POSITION
3 POLE
PRESSURE
CLUTCH OPERATED
EXPLOSION
PROOF
SWITCH
3 POLE
6.31"
SINGLE
THROW
9.00"
(160.27 mm)
TOGGLE (228.6 mm)
SWITCH
6 - COVER
30 AMP 250 Vac SCREWS
20 AMP 600 Vac
2 HP 100-600 V
3 PHASE AC
INLET
GAS
OPERATING HEAD
EXPLOSION PROOF 2 - 13/32"

3.50" MOUNTING HOLES UNION CONNECTION
MACHINED JOINT.
DO NOT USE GASKET (88.9 mm)
OR MAR SURFACES. 4.18"
(106.17 mm) PRESSURE INLET -
1/2" NPT FEMALE
Figure 3-42. Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof
July 2014 3-32 06-237256-001

3-3.11.8 3-Way Directional Valves

The Kidde ECS ADS Series offers the use of directional valves for protection of multiple hazards
from one central storage bank of agent and nitrogen driver cylinders. An “open” valve is used
to allow agent to flow into the side and through the (branch) outlet of the valve, and a “closed”
valve would be used to allow agent to flow through the run outlet of the valve.
Note: Per NFPA 2001, in sections where a valve arrangement introduces sections of closed
piping, such sections shall be equipped with pressure relief devices, or the valves shall
be designed to prevent entrapment of liquid. For pressure relief of manifold arrange-
ments using directional valves, use a safety outlet (P/N 82-844346-000).
PIPING TO HAZARD
AGENT
SOURCE
TOP VIEW
Figure 3-43. T Flow Ball Position Valve Position Closed to Hazard
PIPING TO HAZARD
AGENT
SOURCE
TOP VIEW
Figure 3-44. L Flow Position Valve Position open to Hazard
06-237256-001 3-33 July 2014

3-3.11.8.1 3-Way Directional Valves (UL Listed) (P/N 90-2200XX-00X)

The 3-Way Directional Valves (UL Listed) are used for applications where a single bank of
cylinders are used to protect multiple hazards. The directional valves have a factory installed
pneumatic, spring loaded actuator and range in sizes from 1/2” to 4”. The directional valves
can be installed in the network, provided that they are accounted for in the software
calculation. See Table 3-30, Table 3-31, Table 3-32 and Figure 3-45 for more information. For
installation information, see Paragraph 4-3.6.
Figure 3-45. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) (P/N 90-2200XX-00X)
Table 3-30. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications
Dimensions Valve
Part Number Nominal Breakaway
Working
with Solenoid Size Torque
A* B C* Pressure
90-220030-001 1/2” 3.50 in. 0.688 11.23 in. 400 PSIG 200 in.-lb.
90-220030-002 3/4” 4.00 in. 0.824 12.13 in. 400 PSIG 250 in.-lb.
90-220030-003 1” 4.00 in. 1.000 12.13 in. 400 PSIG 250 in.-lb.
90-220031-001 1¼” 6.00 in. 1.380 13.69 in. 400 PSIG 500 in.-lb.
90-220031-002 1½” 6.00 in. 1.500 13.69 in. 400 PSIG 500 in.-lb.
90-220031-003 2” 7.25 in. 2.000 15.66 in. 400 PSIG 800 in.-lb.
90-220032-001 3” 11.00 in. 3.000 21.44 in. 400 PSIG 3000 in.-lb.
90-220032-002 4” 13.38 in. 4.000 24.68 in. 400 PSIG 4300 in.-lb.
*Note: Dimensions are approximate for the entire assembly.
July 2014 3-34 06-237256-001

Table 3-31. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications (cont.)
T-Flow L-Flow
Part Number Nominal Equivale Equivale
Material Inlets Port
with Solenoid Size nt nt
Length Length
90-220030-001 1/2” ENP Carbon Steel NPT Full 0.19 ft. 1.83 ft.
90-220030-002 3/4” ENP Carbon Steel NPT Full 0.37 ft. 3.61 ft.
90-220030-003 1” ENP Carbon Steel NPT Full 1.48 ft. 9.31 ft.
90-220031-001 1¼” ENP Carbon Steel NPT Full 1.19 ft. 11.65 ft.
90-220031-002 1½” ENP Carbon Steel NPT Full 1.77 ft. 12.08 ft.
90-220031-003 2” ENP Carbon Steel NPT Full 1.82 ft. 13.75 ft.
90-220032-001 3” ENP Carbon Steel Victaulic Full 5.00 ft. 26.01 ft.
90-220032-002 4” ENP Carbon Steel Victaulic Full 7.73 ft. 32.42 ft.
Table 3-32. Pneumatic Actuator Specifications
Maximu
Part Number Nominal Actuator Actuator Actuator Actuator Working
m
with Solenoid Size Mechanism Type Volume Torque Pressure
Pressure
90-220030-001 1/2” Rack and Spring Return 30 cu. in. 865 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG
Pinion
90-220030-002 3/4” Rack and Spring Return 30 cu. in. 865 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG
Pinion
90-220030-003 1” Rack and Spring Return 30 cu. in. 865 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG
Pinion
90-220031-001 1¼” Rack and Spring Return 61 cu. in. 1877 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG
Pinion
90-220031-002 1½” Rack and Spring Return 61 cu. in. 1877 in.-lb. 115 PSIG 145 PSIG
Pinion
Pinion
Pinion
Pinion
06-237256-001 3-35 July 2014

3-3.11.8.2 Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid (P/N 06-118384-001)

The explosion proof pneumatic solenoid is a cost-effective component that is used with the
pneumatic actuators and 3-Way Directional Valves (UL Listed) (P/N 90-2200XX-00X). With the
solenoid, one nitrogen pilot cylinder can be used for multiple directional valves. The solenoid
is factory set to normally closed. A signal from the panel opens the solenoid that is attached
to the appropriate pneumatic actuator. Pressure is then allowed to pass through the solenoid
and open the 3-Way Directional Valve. See Table 3-33 for valve operating data.
Figure 3-46. Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid
Table 3-33. Pneumatic Solenoid Specifications
Description Measurement
Pressure Range 15 to 115 PSIG

Voltage Rating 24 V dc
Power Consumption (DC) 7W
Power Consumption (AC) 6W
Coil CG5
Weight 0.80 lb
Ports 1/4” NPT
Includes: Locking Manual Override Button
July 2014 3-36 06-237256-001

3-3.11.8.3 Pressure Regulator (P/N 06-118334-001) or (P/N 38-509803-001)

The pressure regulator is used up stream of the pneumatic solenoid (P/N 06-118329-001) or
the explosion proof pneumatic solenoid (P/N 06-118384-001) to regulate the nitrogen pressure
to 116 PSI (8 bar gauge) prior to operating the pneumatic actuator on the directional valve.
6.66
ASSEMBLY INLET,
1/4 NPT
ASSEMBLY OUTLET,
1/4 NPT
Figure 3-47. Pressure Regulator
Table 3-34. Pressure Regulator Specifications
Part Number Description
06-118334-001 Pressure Regulator

38-509803-001 Pressure Regulator Kit
3-3.11.9 Pressure Operated Trip (P/N 81-874290-000)

Pressure trips are used to close off the hazard space upon system discharge. The trips,
operated by system pressure, are designed to release self-closing units for doors, windows and
dampers. The maximum load to be attached to a pressure trip is 100 lb. (45 kg). This is based
on a minimum pressure of 75 PSIG (5 bar gauge) at the pressure trip.
Figure 3-48. Pressure Operated Trip
06-237256-001 3-37 July 2014

3-3.11.10 Discharge Indicator (P/N 81-875553-000)

The discharge indicator may be installed in the discharge piping to visually indicate a system
discharge. When in the SET position, the discharge indicator acts as a vent (see Figure 3-49).
2.62"
(67 mm) NORMAL POSITION
(PRE-DISCHARGE)
DISCHARGE
INDICATION
POSITION
BODY
½” NPT MALE CAP
0.93" (24 mm) HEX STEM-RED

ACROSS FLATS
Figure 3-49. Discharge Indicator
3-3.11.11 Corner pulleys (P/N 81-803808-000 and P/N WK-844648-000)

Corner pulleys change the direction of cable lines without binding to ensure smooth operation.
P/N 81-803808-000 is used for all watertight applications; P/N WK-844648-000 is used for all
industrial applications (see Figure 3-50 and Figure 3-51).
1.75"
(45 mm) GASKET
COVER SCREW BODY
0.62"
2.13" (54 mm) DIA (16 mm)
COVER
3" -18 NPS FEMALE 0.81"

8 (21 mm)
Figure 3-50. Corner Pulleys, Watertight Applications
0.62"
COVER SCREW (16 mm)
ID D
K
UL
2 - ½” E.M.T. CONNECTIONS
COMPRESSION TYPE
2.75"
(70 mm)
approx.
Figure 3-51. 1/2” E.M.T. Corner Pulley, General Applications
July 2014 3-38 06-237256-001

3-3.11.12 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch (P/N 84-802398-000)

The main to reserve switch is installed on systems having main and reserve cylinders. Placing
the switch in either the MAIN or RESERVE position provides uninterrupted fire protection during
system maintenance or in the event of a system discharge (seeFigure 3-52).
¾” NPT FEMALE
FOR ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
NAMEPLATE
SWITCH - DOUBLE
POLE DOUBLE
MAIN
THROW
5.37" 2-COVER SCREWS
(136 mm) 6-CONNECTION
TOGGLE TERMINALS
4.62"
(117 mm)
TOGGLE
GUARDS
CONDULET
RESERVE BOX
2.75" 2.12"
(70 mm) Switch Rating: (54 mm)
30 Amps @ 120 Vac 2.50"
COMMON (64 mm)
A-1
L-1
B-1
A-2
L-2
B-2
WIRING DIAGRAM
Figure 3-52. Main to Reserve Transfer Switch
06-237256-001 3-39 July 2014

3-3.11.13 Discharge Nozzles

The 180° and 360° discharge nozzles are designed to provide the proper flow rate and
distribution of the agent to flood a hazard area. The 180° nozzle is engineered to provide a
180° discharge pattern for sidewall applications. The 360° nozzle offers a full 360° discharge
pattern for installations where nozzles are located in the center of the hazard. See Figure 3-53,
Figure 3-54, and Table 3-37 on the following page for more details.
ORIFICE
DIAMETER
C
B
SECTION A-A
Figure 3-53. Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 2-D
B
Figure 3-54. Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 3-D
Table 3-35. Dimensions, 180° and 360° Discharge Nozzles
180° Nozzle 360° Nozzle

Nom. Size
A B C A B C
1/2 1.47 3.00 1.50 1.44 3.00 1.50

3/4 1.52 3.00 1.50 1.47 3.00 1.50
1 1.98 5.00 3.00 1.92 5.00 3.00
1 1/4 2.06 5.00 3.00 1.96 5.00 3.00
1 1/2 2.13 5.00 3.00 2.00 5.00 3.00
2 2.29 5.00 3.00 2.08 5.00 3.00
July 2014 3-40 06-237256-001

3-3.12 Other Accessories
3-3.12.1 Hydrostatic Test Adapters

The hydrostatic pressure test adapter is installed on the agent cylinder in place of the cylinder
valve when the cylinder is to be hydrostatically pressure tested. For cylinder test requirements,
see Paragraph 5-4.5.2 of this manual.
3-3.12.2 Agent Cylinder Recharge Adapters

The agent recharge adapter is installed in the cylinder discharge outlet during the cylinder
charging procedure. This adapter is used for refilling the cylinder with the agent (see
Figure 3-55 and Table 3-35).
O-RING SEAL
3/8” - NPT - (VENT VALVE
CONNECTION)
B (HEX)
3/8” - 18 NPT -
(CHARGE CONNECTION)
CYLINDER VALVE
OUTLET CONNECTION
Figure 3-55. Cylinder Recharge Adapters
Table 3-36. Dimensions-Cylinder Recharge Adapters
A B
Part Number Cylinder Size (lb.)
in. mm in. mm
82-878758-000 200 and 350 4.06 103.12 3.25 82.55
Note: The cylinder recharge adapter is not required for use with the 600 and 900 lb. cylinders.
3-3.12.3 Agent Cylinder Seating Adapter (P/N WK-933537-000)

The agent seating adapter is installed on the cylinder actuation port during the cylinder
charging procedure. This adapter is used for seating the valve assembly after charging. The
seating adapter can also be used to charge the Nitrogen Driver Cylinder. Refer to
Paragraph 6-4.3 for further explanation.
06-237256-001 3-41 July 2014

3-3.12.4 Safety Outlets (P/N 81-803242-000 and P/N 82-844346-000)

These units are designed to protect against over-pressurization in closed sections of discharge
pipework, i.e., manifolds. The correct unit must be selected for the agent in use. See
Figure 3-56 and Table 3-37 for more information.
RETAINING NUT
SAFETY DISC
SEAL WIRE
BODY
1.78"
(45 mm)
3/4” NPT MALE
Figure 3-56. Safety Outlets
Table 3-37. Safety Outlets
Pressure Relief Operates at

Part Number Agent
PSIG Bar
81-803242-000 Nitrogen 2400 to 2800 166 to 193

82-844346-000 Agent 750 to 900 52 to 62
3-3.13 Detectors and Control Panels
3-3.13.1 Detectors
Detectors (ionization, photoelectric, thermal, ultraviolet, ultraviolet/infrared, etc.) interfacing
with Kidde systems must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for the intended application.
3-3.13.2 Control Panel

The control panel must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for releasing device service and
compatible with Kidde equipment.
Note: For additional control panel detail on the criteria required for use with directional valves,
refer to Paragraph 4-3.6.
July 2014 3-42 06-237256-001

Design and Installation
CHAPTER 4
DESIGN AND INSTALLATION
4-1 INTRODUCTION
The first part of this chapter outlines the steps needed to design a Kidde ECS ADS Series total
flooding fire extinguishing system including limitations imposed on the design by the system
hardware. The second part of this chapter explains equipment installation.
4-2 DESIGN PROCEDURE
4-2.1 General
The design of a Kidde ECS ADS Series total flooding fire extinguishing system as described
herein is based on the requirements of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard
2001, Edition 2012. The Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) may impose additional
requirements not specifically addressed here.
4-2.2 Application
The following steps must be taken to design a Kidde ECS ADS Series:
• Determine the classification of the fire hazard based on the type of combustible materials
contained in the protected enclosure. See Section 4-2.2.1.
• Determine the agent design concentration required for the hazard.
• Determine the number of nitrogen driver cylinders needed as required by the flow calcula-
tion software.
• Determine the minimum and maximum ambient temperature for the hazard.
• Determine the volume of the hazard.
• Determine the integrity of the hazard.
• Determine if any additional agent will be required to offset leakage of agent from the haz-
ard.
• Determine venting requirements for the hazard enclosure to avoid damage due to excess
positive or negative pressure differentials.
• Determine post-discharge ventilation requirements.
Note: Where earlier editions of NFPA 2001 are enforced, it is acceptable to use the
minimum design concentration based on the requirements of the edition. The governing
authority or authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) must specifically approve the design ap-
proach selected.
06-237256-001 4-1 July 2014

4-2.2.1 Determine Minimum Use Concentration Required

A Class A surface fire hazard is one that involves ordinary combustible materials.
A Class B fire hazard is one that involves flammable and combustible liquids and flammable
gasses.
A Class C fire hazard is one that involves energized electrical equipment.
Table 4-1 shows the minimum design concentrations of 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Flu-
id (herein refer to as “agent”) for Class A surface fires and Class C fires in accordance with the
requirements of NFPA 2001. Refer to Table 4-2 for minimum design concentrations for hazards
the involve Class B fuels.
Note: The classification of a hazard where electric power to energized equipment has been
turned off prior to discharge of the extinguishing system is Class A.
Table 4-1. Agent Fire Suppression Use Concentrations
Agent Minimum Design

Occupancy Fire Risk
Concentration, vol.%
Class A surface fires 4.5

Class B Minimum of 5.85
See Table 4-2
Class C fires (fires involving electrically energized equipment) 4.73
Note: Where NFPA 2001, 2008 ed. or earlier editions are enforced, it is acceptable to use the
minimum design concentrations based on the requirements of the accepted edition. The
governing authority or authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) must specifically approve the
design approach selected.
4-2.2.2 Calculate Agent Required

Calculate the quantity of agent needed to provide the required design concentration at the
lowest expected hazard temperature. Refer to Table 4-3 (U.S. customary units) or Table 4-4
(metric units) to determine the flooding factor for selected agent concentrations and
temperatures. Alternatively, the agent quantity, W, can be calculated for hazard volume V at
temperature t using the following equations
W = (V/s)(C /(100 - C) where s = a + b * t

U.S. Units Metric Units
C vol. % vol. %
W lb kg
V ft3 m3
s ft3/lb m3/kg
t °F °C
a 0.9856 0.0664
b 0.002441 0.0002741
The latest version of the flow calculation software calculates the required agent quantity for
the designer. Refer to the latest version of the Flow Calculation Software User’s Guide 06-
237256-004 for more information.
July 2014 4-2 06-237256-001

4-2.2.3 Determine the Type, Size, and Quantity of Components Required

• Agent and Nitrogen driver cylinder size, quantity and fill requirements
• Cylinder framing, mounting brackets, etc
• Detection and control equipment required
• Other system requirements, such as reserve supply, pressure switches, etc
4-2.2.4 Locate Nozzles

Locate nozzles based on the following:
• Ceiling height (18.5 ft. [5.64 m] maximum, 1.0 ft. [0.305 m] minimum)
• Nozzle area coverage
• Special hazard area layout considerations
4-2.2.5 Locate Cylinders

Locate cylinders based on the following:
• Number of cylinders required (include nitrogen driver)
• Storage temperature/environmental considerations, such as area classification and
corrosive environment
• Accessibility
• Floor loading
4-2.2.6 Locate Piping

Locate piping based on the following:
• Nozzle location
• Structural members for bracing the pipe
4-2.2.7 Pipe Size and Layout

Determine pipe size and layout for the following factors:
• Draw piping isometric
• Dimensions of all pipe sections
• Locate all fittings
• Note all elevation changes
This information will be needed by the computer program.
06-237256-001 4-3 July 2014

Table 4-2. Class B Suppression Design Concentrations

Note: Minimum design concentration for a Class B hazard is 5.85 vol. %.
Minimum
Extinguishing
Design
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol. % (1)
Acetic acid 3.80 5.85

Acetone 4.30 5.85
Acetonitrile 2.90 5.85
n-Butane 4.60 5.98
2-Butoxy ethanol 5.20 6.76
Butyl acetate 4.20 5.85
Butyl alcohol (1-butanol) 4.90 6.37
Cyclohexane 4.50 5.85
Cyclopentane 4.10 5.85
Cyclopentanone 4.60 5.98
Diesel fuel 3.40 5.85
Diethyl ether 4.90 6.37
Dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) 4.90 6.37
Ethane 5.60 7.28
Ethyl alcohol (ethanol) 5.50 7.15
Ethyl alcohol, denatured (92.2% EtOH, 4.6% IPA and 3.1% MeOH) 5.30 6.89
Ethyl acetate 4.70 6.11
Gasoline, 87 octane, unleaded 4.50 5.85
n-Heptane 4.50 5.85
Heptane, commercial 4.50 5.85
Hexanes, commercial 4.30 5.85
Hexene 4.60 5.98
hydraulic oil 5.20 6.76
hydrogen 10.3 13.39
hydrogen sulfide 4.20 5.85
Iso-butane 4.90 6.37
Isooctane (2,2,4-trimethylpentane) 4.70 6.11
Isopropyl alcohol (2-propanol) 4.90 6.37
Jet A 4.10 5.85
JP-4 4.20 5.85
JP-5 4.20 5.85
Methane 5.60 7.28
Methyl alcohol (methanol) 6.50 8.45
Methyl ethyl ketone 4.50 5.85
Methyl formate 5.40 7.02
Methyl isobutyl ketone 4.40 5.85
July 2014 4-4 06-237256-001

Table 4-2. Class B Suppression Design Concentrations

Note: Minimum design concentration for a Class B hazard is 5.85 vol. %. (Continued)
Minimum
Extinguishing
Design
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol. % (1)
Methyl siloxane 6.10 7.93

Methyl tert-butyl ether 4.50 5.85
Nitromethane 6.90 8.97
Octane 4.40 5.85
n-Pentane 4.70 6.11
Propane 5.80 7.54
Propyl alcohol (1-propanol) 5.40 7.02
Pyrrolidine 4.70 6.11
Stoddard Solvent (White Spirits) 4.20 5.85
Tetrahydrofuran 5.00 6.50
Toluene 3.50 5.85
Transformer oil 4.50 5.85
m-Xylene 3.40 5.85
Notes:
(1) MDC = MEC x 1.3 but not less than 5.85% in accordance with the UL and FM requirements that the Class B
design concentration cannot be less than that based on heptane, the fuel used in the listing and approvals test
programs.
06-237256-001 4-5 July 2014

Table 4-3. Agent Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), English
Specific Agent Weight Requirements of Hazard Volume, W/V (lb/ft3)

Temp. Vapor Design Concentration (volume %) (see notes 1, 2, 3, and 4)
(F) Volume
(ft3/lb) 4.20 4.50 4.73 5.00 5.85 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00
0 0.9856 0.0445 0.0478 0.0503 0.0534 0.0630 0.0648 0.0764 0.0882 0.1003 0.1127
10 1.0100 0.0434 0.0467 0.0491 0.0521 0.0615 0.0632 0.0745 0.0861 0.0979 0.1100
20 1.0344 0.0424 0.0456 0.0479 0.0509 0.0601 0.0617 0.0728 0.0841 0.0956 0.1074
30 1.0588 0.0414 0.0445 0.0468 0.0497 0.0587 0.0603 0.0711 0.0821 0.0934 0.1049
32 1.0637 0.0412 0.0443 0.0466 0.0495 0.0584 0.0600 0.0708 0.0817 0.0930 0.1045
40 1.0832 0.0405 0.0435 0.0458 0.0486 0.0574 0.0589 0.0695 0.0803 0.0913 0.1026
50 1.1077 0.0396 0.0425 0.0448 0.0475 0.0561 0.0576 0.0680 0.0785 0.0893 0.1003
60 1.1321 0.0387 0.0416 0.0438 0.0465 0.0549 0.0564 0.0665 0.0768 0.0874 0.0981
70 1.1565 0.0379 0.0407 0.0429 0.0455 0.0537 0.0552 0.0651 0.0752 0.0855 0.0961
80 1.1809 0.0371 0.0399 0.0420 0.0446 0.0526 0.0541 0.0637 0.0736 0.0838 0.0941
90 1.2053 0.0364 0.0391 0.0411 0.0437 0.0516 0.0530 0.0624 0.0721 0.0821 0.0922
100 1.2297 0.0357 0.0383 0.0403 0.0428 0.0505 0.0519 0.0612 0.0707 0.0804 0.0904
110 1.2541 0.0350 0.0376 0.0395 0.0420 0.0495 0.0509 0.0600 0.0693 0.0789 0.0886
120 1.2785 0.0343 0.0369 0.0388 0.0412 0.0486 0.0499 0.0589 0.0680 0.0774 0.0869
130 1.3029 0.0336 0.0362 0.0381 0.0404 0.0477 0.0490 0.0578 0.0667 0.0759 0.0853
140 1.3273 0.0330 0.0355 0.0374 0.0397 0.0468 0.0481 0.0567 0.0655 0.0745 0.0837
150 1.3518 0.0324 0.0349 0.0367 0.0389 0.0460 0.0472 0.0557 0.0643 0.0732 0.0822
160 1.3762 0.0319 0.0342 0.0360 0.0382 0.0452 0.0464 0.0547 0.0632 0.0719 0.0807
Notes
(1) 4.20 is the MDC for Class A & C where AHJ requires 2008 edition (or earlier) of NFPA 2001
(2) 4.55 is the MDC for Class A where AHJ requires 2012 edition (or later) of NFPA 2001
(3) 4.73 is the MDC for Class C where AHJ requires 2012 edition or later) of NFPA 2001
(4) 5.85 is the lowest MDC for Class B where AHJ requires 2000 edition or later) of NFPA 2001. Higher values may
apply. See Table 4-2.
Agent quantity required for a hazard can be calculated at any temperature and agent design concentration using the
equations below.
W = (V/s)(C/(100 - C))
where:
W = agent quantity, lb
C = agent design concentration, vol. %
s = specific volume of superheated agent vapor can be approximated by the formula, ft3/lb, calculated using
the equation below.
s = 0.9856 + 0.002441 * t
t = design temperature in the hazard area, °F
V = volume of the protected hazard, ft3
July 2014 4-6 06-237256-001

Table 4-4. Agent Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Metric
Specific Agent Weight Requirements of Hazard Volume, W/V (kg/m3)

Temp. Vapor Design Concentration (volume %) (see notes 1, 2, 3, and 4)
(C) Volume
(m3/kg) 4.20 4.50 4.73 5.00 5.85 6.00 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00
-20 0.0609 0.7197 0.7735 0.8141 0.8640 1.0200 1.0478 1.2356 1.4274 1.6235 1.8239
-15 0.0623 0.7038 0.7565 0.7962 0.8450 0.9975 1.0247 1.2084 1.3960 1.5878 1.7838
-10 0.0637 0.6887 0.7402 0.7790 0.8268 0.9761 1.0027 1.1824 1.3660 1.5536 1.7454
-5 0.0650 0.6742 0.7246 0.7626 0.8093 0.9555 0.9816 1.1575 1.3372 1.5209 1.7086
0 0.0664 0.6603 0.7096 0.7469 0.7926 0.9358 0.9613 1.1336 1.3096 1.4895 1.6734
5 0.0678 0.6469 0.6953 0.7318 0.7766 0.9168 0.9419 1.1106 1.2831 1.4594 1.6395
10 0.0691 0.6341 0.6815 0.7173 0.7612 0.8987 0.9232 1.0886 1.2577 1.4304 1.6070
15 0.0705 0.6218 0.6683 0.7033 0.7464 0.8812 0.9052 1.0675 1.2332 1.4026 1.5758
20 0.0719 0.6099 0.6555 0.6899 0.7322 0.8644 0.8880 1.0471 1.2097 1.3759 1.5457
25 0.0733 0.5985 0.6433 0.6770 0.7185 0.8482 0.8714 1.0275 1.1871 1.3501 1.5168
30 0.0746 0.5875 0.6314 0.6646 0.7053 0.8327 0.8554 1.0087 1.1653 1.3253 1.4890
35 0.0760 0.5769 0.6201 0.6526 0.6926 0.8176 0.8399 0.9905 1.1443 1.3014 1.4621
40 0.0774 0.5667 0.6091 0.6410 0.6803 0.8031 0.8251 0.9729 1.1240 1.2784 1.4362
45 0.0787 0.5568 0.5985 0.6299 0.6685 0.7892 0.8107 0.9560 1.1044 1.2561 1.4112
50 0.0801 0.5473 0.5882 0.6191 0.6570 0.7757 0.7968 0.9396 1.0855 1.2346 1.3871
55 0.0815 0.5381 0.5783 0.6087 0.6460 0.7626 0.7834 0.9238 1.0673 1.2139 1.3637
60 0.0828 0.5292 0.5688 0.5986 0.6353 0.7500 0.7705 0.9085 1.0496 1.1938 1.3412
65 0.0842 0.5206 0.5595 0.5889 0.6250 0.7378 0.7579 0.8938 1.0325 1.1744 1.3194
70 0.0856 0.5122 0.5506 0.5794 0.6149 0.7260 0.7458 0.8794 1.0160 1.1556 1.2982
Notes
(1) 4.20 is the MDC for Class A & C where AHJ requires 2008 edition (or earlier) of NFPA 2001
(2) 4.55 is the MDC for Class A where AHJ requires 2012 edition (or later) of NFPA 2001
(3) 4.73 is the MDC for Class C where AHJ requires 2012 edition or later) of NFPA 2001
(4) 5.85 is the lowest MDC for Class B where AHJ requires 2000 edition or later) of NFPA 2001. Higher values may
apply. See Table 4-2.
Agent quantity required for a hazard can be calculated at any temperature and agent design concentration using the
equations below.
W = (V/s)(C/(100 - C))
where:
W = agent quantity, kg
C = agent design concentration, vol. %
s = specific volume of superheated agent vapor can be approximated by the formula, m3/kg, calculated
using the equation below.
s = 0.0664+ 0.0002741* t
t = design temperature in the hazard area, °C
V = volume of the protected hazard, m3
06-237256-001 4-7 July 2014

4-2.2.8 Using the Agent Concentration Flooding Factors

To find the total quantity of the agent required at a specific temperature and concentration,
multiply the hazard volume by the multiplier from Table 4-3 or Table 4-4 that correspond to
the design temperature and required concentration.
Note: NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Significant New
Alternatives Policy (SNAP) provide specific guidelines for using the agent. The minimum
use concentration for total flooding applications when using hardware is 4.5 vol%, un-
less a higher concentration is required for the specific hazard being protected. The
agent quantity required must be based on the lowest expected ambient temperature in
the protected space. Care must be taken that the calculated concentration for normally
occupied spaces at the highest expected ambient temperature in the space does not
exceed the value of 10% per NFPA 2001 Edition 2012.
Per NFPA 2001, agent systems with use concentrations below the NOAEL (10 vol%) are
permitted for use in occupied areas. The agent can be designed between 4.5 vol% and 10.5
vol% for a five minute exposure using the PBPK model.
4-2.2.8.1 Adjusting for Altitude or Pressure

The procedure for determination of the agent quantity assumes that the protected enclosure
is at sea level or has an internal pressure of 14.7 psia (101.4 kPa). The design agent quantity
must be adjusted where the protected enclosure is at an altitude or pressure that differs by
more than 11% from sea level values. Table 4-5 lists "Atmospheric Corrections Factors" as a
function of attitude or pressure. Calculate the adjusted (altitude-corrected) agent quantity as
follows:
Adjusted quantity = (Sea-level quantity) x (Atmospheric Correction Factor)
Note: Use the value of Atmospheric Correction Factor corresponding to the highest possible
enclosure pressure where the pressure can be varied, by design, from the prevailing
barometric pressure at the altitude of the installation. This procedure assures that the
agent concentration will not be less than the design concentration at the highest achiev-
able enclosure pressure.
Table 4-5. Atmospheric Correction Factors
Altitude Above Sea Level Enclosure Pressure

Atmospheric Correction
Factor
ft. m psia kPa
-3000 -920 16.25 112.1 1.11

-2000 -610 15.71 108.3 1.07
-1000 -300 15.23 105 1.04
0 0 14.70 101.4 1.00
1000 300 14.18 97.8 0.96
2000 610 13.64 94.1 0.93
3000 920 13.12 90.5 0.89
4000 1,210 12.58 86.8 0.86
5000 1,520 12.04 83 0.82
6000 1,830 11.53 79.5 0.78
7000 2,130 11.03 76.1 0.75
8000 2,440 10.64 73.4 0.72
9000 2,740 10.22 70.5 0.69
10000 3,050 9.77 67.4 0.66
July 2014 4-8 06-237256-001

4-2.2.9 Manifolds
When multiple cylinders are needed, they may be connected to the same set of distribution
piping through a manifold. This is necessary in two circumstances:
• A connected reserve supply of the agent is required.
• The quantity of agent required is greater than the maximum fill of a single cylinder.
In accordance with standards set by NFPA 2001 Edition 2012:
• All cylinders on the same manifold must be the same size and contain the same quantity
of agent.
• Each cylinder must have an El-check or swing-check valve to prevent back flow of agent
through the discharge hose, in the event that the system is discharged while a cylinder is
removed for maintenance.
• Each agent cylinder must have the correct nitrogen driver connected directly to that agent
cylinder. Nitrogen drivers are not connected to the manifold, only the agent cylinders.
Standard check valves MUST be installed and modeled in the calculation software whenever
any of the following conditions exist:
• Multiple cylinders connected to a manifold.
• A connected reserve supply is required.
4-2.3 Design Criteria

The complexity of agent flow formulas does not allow for any simple method of manual agent
calculation. For this reason, the flow calculations and design criteria described in this manual
have been programmed into a computer software program.
The latest version of the Flow Calculation Software User’s Guide, P/N: 06-
237256-004, is the only calculation method to be used with Kidde ECS ADS
CAUTION equipment. No other calculation method is acceptable.
The system designer must become familiar with the latest version of the Flow Calculation
Software User’s Guide, P/N: 06-237256-004, to determine the proper procedures for applying
the input parameters to the computer program. There are a number of limitations to these
input parameters that must be observed if accurate results are to be obtained. Most of these
limitations are in the program. However, there are certain restrictions that must be addressed
by the system designer before applying the input data. The following sections describe the
essential design parameters and design limitations which must be considered.
4-2.3.1 Driver Quantity

For the 600 lb. and 900 lb. agent cylinders, either one or two nitrogen driver cylinders are
required. To determine the quantity of drivers needed, run the flow calculation software and
select the single driver option first. Test the calculation, and if warnings or errors occur that
cannot be corrected through other options, try the two nitrogen driver option.
The 200 lb. and 350 lb. agent cylinders may only use a single nitrogen driver.
06-237256-001 4-9 July 2014

BULL TEE FLOW BULL TEE FLOW

BULL TEE
SPLIT LIMITS SPLIT LIMITS
OUT OUT OUT - 50% OUT - 50% OUT - 85% OUT - 15%
BULL TEE BULL TEE

MINIMUM MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE
IN IN - 100% IN - 100%
SIDE TEE SIDE TEE FLOW SIDE TEE FLOW

SPLIT LIMITS SPLIT LIMITS
Horizontal Feed Horizontal Feed
IN OUT
IN - 100% OUT - 65% IN - 100% OUT - 90%
SIDE TEE SIDE TEE

MINIMUM MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE
OUT OUT - 35% OUT - 10%
HAZARD A
HAZARD A
HAZARD B
6 NOM PIPE HAZARD B
DIAM. MINIMUM
6 NOM PIPE
DIAM. MINIMUM
Horizontal Feed
HAZARD A HAZARD A
HAZARD B
6 NOM PIPE
6 NOM PIPE HAZARD B DIAM. MINIMUM
DIAM. MINIMUM
Figure 4-1. Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for ADS Series
4-2.3.2 Requirements for Tee Flow Splits

1. All tee splits must be in the horizontal plane.
2. Elbows before or after a tee that split the flow of agent going to separate hazards must be
located a minimum distance of 6 pipe diameters (nominal) before the tee (see Table 4-6).
3. Tee splits going to separate hazards from a common supply line must be spaced a minimum
of 6 pipe diameters (nominal) apart.
4. Pipe reducers, where used, must be the concentric reducer type.
5. Side-tee flow, where flow enters a tee along the run:
a. side-branch flow must be at least 10% and at most 35% of total flow;
b. through-branch flow must be at least 65% and at most 90% of the total flow.
6. Bullhead tee flow, where flow enters the tee through the side branch:
a. flow out of either branch must be at least 15% and not more than 85% of the total flow;
b. a "balanced" flow split occurs when 50% of the flow exits each outlet port.
July 2014 4-10 06-237256-001

Table 4-6. 6 X Pipe Diameters
Pipe Diameters
Pipe Size
ft. inches mm
1/2” 0.25 3 76
3/4” 0.375 4.5 110
1” 0.5 6 150
1¼” 0.625 7.5 190
1½” 0.75 9 230
2” 1 12 300
2½” 1.25 15 380
3” 1.5 18 460
4” 2 24 610
4-2.3.3 Duration of Discharge

In accordance with Section 5.7.1.2.1 of NFPA 2001, 2012 Edition, the liquid agent discharge
time shall be ten seconds or less as determined by the flow calculation software. Discharge
times as short as six seconds should be considered when circumstances permit.
4-2.3.4 Nozzle Selection and Placement

The Kidde ECS ADS Series nozzle are available in two types and two body diameters. Each
nozzle has NPT threads for attachment to six pipe sizes.
Nozzles are available in nominal pipe sizes of ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2".
Use the Kidde ECS ADS Series flow calculation software to determine the required nozzle orifice
area and part number.
Maximum orifice area to pipe area ratio:
• The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 360° nozzle at the given node and the pipe
cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.8, or 80%.
cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.8, or 80%.
Minimum orifice area to pipe area ratio:
cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.20, or 20% for ¾”, 1”,
1¼”, 1½”, 2” and 0.15, or 15% for ½”.
cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.20, or 20% for ¾”, 1”,
1¼”, 1½”, 2” and 0.15, or 15% for ½”.
The flow calculation software selects pipe diameters in compliance with the above area ratio
requirements.
06-237256-001 4-11 July 2014

4-2.3.5 Nozzle Placement

There are certain coverage and height limitations which must be observed with each nozzle
configuration to ensure proper agent distribution.
42.5' 42.5'
(12.95 m) (12.95 m)
d = 47.5' d = 30.0'
(14.48 m) (9.14 m)
42.5' 42.5'
(12.95 m) (12.95 m)
180° Nozzle 360° Nozzle
Figure 4-2. Nozzle Placement and Coverage

• Orientation-Nozzles must be mounted perpendicular to the ceiling or subfloor surface.
Nozzles are to be mounted in the pendent position unless the enclosure height is 12 inches
(305 mm), in which case, pendent or upright is permitted.
• Nozzle Clearance-For enclosures greater than 1 ft. and equal to or less than 18.5 ft., noz-
zles must be a maximum of 15 inches from the ceiling (measured from the ceiling to the
outlet of the nozzle) for 360° nozzle, 12 inches for the 180° nozzle.
For subfloor spaces of 1 ft in height, nozzles must be installed a maximum of 3 inches (76.2
mm) below the top of the enclosure, regardless of orientation.
• Maximum Height-The maximum protected height for a single row of nozzles is 18.5 ft.
(5.64 m).
Nozzles may be tiered to accommodate enclosures with ceiling heights greater than 18.5
ft. (5.64 m).
• Minimum Ceiling Height-The minimum ceiling height for UL Listed/FM Approved systems
is 12 in. (305 mm).
• 180° Nozzles- For enclosures greater than 1 ft. and equal to or less than 18.5 ft., 180°
nozzles must be located a maximum of 10 inches (254 mm) from a wall, with the orifices
directed away from the wall. The nozzle shall be located as close to the center of the wall
as possible.
For 1 ft. enclosures, 180° nozzles must be located a maximum of 15 inches (381 mm) from
a wall, with the center of the outlet slot directed away from the wall. The nozzle shall be
located as close to the center of the wall as possible.
180° nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as a square that is 42.5 ft. x 42.5 ft.
(12.95 m x 17 m).
In accordance with UL Listing, 180° nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as any
rectangle that can be inscribed in a semicircle with a radius of 47.5 ft. (14.48 m) from the
nozzle with a maximum area coverage of 1806 sq. ft. (167.78 sq. m).
180° nozzles may be used in a back-to-back configuration. The nozzles should be place 1
to 2 feet (0.3 m to 0.6 m) apart.
• 360° Nozzles-360° nozzles must be located as close to the center of the coverage area
as possible. 360° nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as any rectangle that
can be inscribed in a circle of radius 30 ft. (9.14 m) (diagonal of a rectangle 21.25 ft. x
21.25 ft.). See Figure 4-3 for further information.
July 2014 4-12 06-237256-001

• Multiple Nozzles-Nozzles whose discharge patterns will intersect must be placed at least
6 ft. (1.8 m) apart to assure adequate agent distribution.
• Walls and Obstructions-Agent discharged from the nozzle requires a certain length from
the nozzle to vaporize into a gas. If the agent comes into contact with a surface before the
agent is fully atomized, frosting can occur. As a result, the concentration throughout the
enclosure will be less than required to appropriately protect the space. Therefore, nozzles
must be located with at least 4 ft. (1.2 m) of clearance from walls and/or significant ob-
structions (ex. high-rise racking and columns). If this requirement cannot be met, addition-
al agent may be discharged to compensate for this agent "loss". Please consult Kidde Fire
Systems for assistance.
For subfloor areas, consideration should be given to reducing nozzle spacing when obstruc-
tions that would impede the uniform distribution of the agent throughout the area are pres-
ent. Nozzle coverage area for 12 inch high subfloors must be reduced from 42.5 ft. x 42.5
ft. to 21.25 ft. x 21.25 ft. in such obstructed conditions.
• Subfloor Reduced Coverage Area-Nozzle coverage area must be reduced to 21.25 ft. x
21.25 ft. for enclosure heights 6 to less than 12 inches (6.48 m x 6.48 m for heights 0.15
to less than 0.3 m). Any system designed for a space less than 12 inches (305 mm) in
height is not a UL Listed or an FM Approved design.
4-2.3.5.1 Limits on Nozzle Conditions

• Minimum average nozzle pressure-The nozzle pressure must be a minimum of 118 psig
(8.1 bar gauge) for the nozzle to effectively disperse the agent and mix the agent into the
air of the enclosure being protected.
• Maximum arrival time imbalance-The difference between liquid arrival times at two of the
nozzles not to exceed the allowed 1.3 seconds.
• Maximum run-out time imbalance-The difference between nozzle liquid run-out times at
two of the nozzles not to exceed the allowed 2.2 second maximum.
4-2.3.5.2 Maximum Elevation Differences in Pipe Runs

• If nozzles are only located above the container outlet, then the maximum elevation differ-
ence between the container outlet and the furthest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle
(whichever is furthest) shall not exceed 40 ft. (12.19 m).
• If nozzles are only located below the container outlet, then the maximum elevation differ-
ence between the container outlet and the furthest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle
(whichever is furthest) shall not exceed 40 ft. (12.19 m).
• If nozzles are located both above and below the container outlet, then the maximum ele-
vation difference between the furthest horizontal pipe runs or discharge nozzles (whichever
is furthest) shall not exceed 40 ft. (12.19 m).
Note: If you have a system design that violates these limits, the factory must be consulted to
determine what course of action should be taken (see Figure 4-3 for further clarifica-
tion).
System With A System With A System With Ceiling

Single Row of Nozzles Multiple Row of Nozzles and Subfloor Nozzles
40’ Max 40’ Max
40’ Max
Figure 4-3. Nozzle Limitations
06-237256-001 4-13 July 2014

4-2.3.6 Pipe Sizing

The following table may be used as an estimating guide for sizing distribution piping.
Table 4-7. Pipe Size vs. Flow Rate
Schedule 40 Pipe Schedule 80 Pipe
60% of Flow Rates 60% of Flow Rates

Minimum Flow Rate Minimum Flow Rate
Pipe Size for All Sections for All Sections
for All Sections for All Sections
Nominal Ending With a Ending With a
Leading to a Tee Leading to a Tee
Nozzle Nozzle
lb./sec. kg/sec. lb./sec. kg/sec. lb./sec. kg/sec. lb./sec. kg/sec.
1/4 in. (9 mm) 0.68 0.31 0.41 0.19 0.30 0.14 0.18 0.08
3/8 in. (10 mm) 1.55 0.70 0.93 0.42 1.06 0.48 0.64 0.29
1/2 in. (15 mm) 2.58 1.17 1.55 0.70 1.95 0.88 1.17 0.53
3/4 in. (20 mm) 4.53 2.05 2.72 1.23 3.68 1.67 2.21 1.00
1 in. (25 mm) 7.29 3.31 4.37 1.98 6.08 2.76 3.65 1.65
1¼ in. (32 mm) 12.67 5.75 7.60 3.45 10.83 4.91 6.50 2.95
1½ in. (40 mm) 17.46 7.92 10.48 4.75 15.06 6.83 9.04 4.10
2 in. (50 mm) 29.82 13.53 17.89 8.12 25.96 11.78 15.58 7.07
2½ in. (65 mm) 44.06 19.99 26.44 11.99 38.51 17.47 23.11 10.48
3 in. (80 mm) 71.34 32.36 42.80 19.42 62.96 28.56 37.78 17.13
3½ in. (90 mm) 98.32 44.60 58.99 26.76 87.46 39.67 52.48 23.80
4 in. (100 mm) 129.28 58.64 77.57 35.18 115.87 52.56 69.52 31.53
5 in. (125 mm) 205.71 93.31 123.43 55.99 187.31 84.96 112.39 50.98
6 in. (150 mm) 286.54 129.97 171.92 77.98 262.77 119.19 157.66 71.51
Note: The pipe friction factor embodied in the energy conservation equation used to calculate pressure drop
for two-phase flow in fire protection systems is based on the premise that highly turbulent flow is
present in the pipeline. Also, a high degree of turbulence must be maintained in pipe sections that
approach dividing points. The pipe size that can be used for a given flow rate is thus based upon the
minimum flow rate required to maintain complete turbulence.
This limitation is tabulated in the table and is automatically taken into consideration when the com-
puter selects pipe sizes for the system. Flow rates as low as 60% of the tabulated minimum rates may
be used in branch lines that lead directly to nozzles with no intervening flow division.
This table is intended for use as a guide only. The latest version of the flow calculation software
must be used for the final design (for more information see latest version of the Flow
Calculation Software User’s Guide, P/N: 06-237256-004).
July 2014 4-14 06-237256-001

4-2.4 Other Conditions
4-2.4.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations

The operating temperature range for all components used in the Kidde ECS ADS Series is 32°F
to 130°F (0°C to 54°C). The components are tested within this range and may not perform as
specified outside this range.
4-2.4.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations

The temperature of the location for the agent storage containers depends on the design of the
system.
4-2.4.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

In balanced systems, where agent flow through each nozzle is equal, the agent cylinder and
nitrogen driver cylinder storage temperature range is 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C).
4-2.4.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

In unbalanced systems, where agent flows through the nozzles at varying rates, the agent
cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinder storage temperature range is 60°F and 80°F (16°C and
27°C).
The latest version of the flow calculation software is written and tested for a 70°F (21°C) agent
cylinder storage temperature (for more information see latest version of the Flow Calculation
Software User’s Guide 06-236091-001). If the agent cylinder storage temperature is outside
of this range, an insufficient quantity of agent may be discharged from one or more nozzles in
an unbalanced system, resulting in one or more hazards receiving an insufficient concentration
of agent.
4-2.4.3 System Operating Pressure

The maximum system operating pressure for the agent used in the Kidde ECS ADS Series
equipment is 360 psig at 70°F (25 bar gauge at 21°C).
06-237256-001 4-15 July 2014

4-2.5 Pressure Actuation Limitations for Single Driver Systems

Four modes of pressure actuation of the Kidde ECS ADS cylinders are available.
Note: When agent cylinders are all connected to a common manifold, they shall all be the
same size and have the same fill density.
4-2.5.1 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pressure From a Master Nitrogen Driver

Note: See Figure 4-4.
For cylinders close-coupled using pressure from one master nitrogen driver cylinder, a
maximum of fourteen slave cylinders, close-coupled (maximum of fifteen Kidde ECS ADS
Series sets in group [one set equals a nitrogen driver and an agent cylinder]), can be actuated
by that one master cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the slave cylinders. The
slave cylinder operation will be through pilot flexible hoses.
Slave Nitrogen Driver (Typ.)

with Pneumatic Control Head (P/N 82-878737-000)
Actuation Hose Nitrogen Tee Wall Mounting
Transfer Hose
Nitrogen Driver
With Master Control
Elbow Head
Tee (Typ.) Agent Cylinder
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.)
14 Slave sets of Agent and Master
Nitrogen Driver Cylinders Cylinder Set
Note: Each Agent Cylinder will be connected to the distribution piping

either through a valve outlet adapter or a flexible discharge hose.
Each agent cylinder is capable of activating 1 pressure trip and/or 1 pressure switch.
Figure 4-4. Pressure Actuation using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Driver Cylinder to Actuate a
Maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Close-coupled
July 2014 4-16 06-237256-001

4-2.5.2 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pressure From a Master Nitrogen Driver
For cylinders not close-coupled using pressure from one master nitrogen driver and agent
cylinder set, a maximum of fourteen slave cylinders (maximum fifteen cylinders in a group)
can be actuated by that one master cylinder, using pressure operated control heads on the
slave cylinders. The slave cylinder operation will be through a 5/16” O.D. x 0.035” wall
stainless steel tubing actuator line having a maximum total length of 800 ft. (244 m) or 400
ft. (122 m) of 1/4” Schedule 40 pipe.
800 ft. (243.8 m) Max. Length 400 ft. (121.9 m) Max. Length
of 5/16” Stainless Steel Tubing of 1/4” Sch. 40 Pipe
Slave Nitrogen Driver (Typ.) Nitrogen Transfer Hose

Tee
with Pneumatic Control
Head (P/N 82-878737-000)
Nitrogen Driver
5/16" O.D. X 0.032" Wall With Master Control
Steel Tubing or Head
1/4” Schedule 40 Pipe Tee 5/16" O.D. X 0.032" Wall
Elbow Agent Cylinder
Steel Tubing or
Actuation Assembly 1/4” Schedule 40 Pipe
Kit (Typ.)
14 Slave sets of Agent and Master
Nitrogen Driver Cylinders Cylinder Set

Figure 4-5. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Driver Cylinder to Actuate a
Maximum of Fourteen Slaves (Fifteen Sets Total), Not Close-coupled
06-237256-001 4-17 July 2014

4-2.5.3 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure

For cylinders not close-coupled using nitrogen pressure from a pilot nitrogen cylinder, a
maximum of fifteen Kidde ECS ADS Series sets (one set equals a nitrogen driver and an agent
cylinder) can be actuated by one pilot nitrogen cylinder using pressure operated control heads
on the slave cylinders.
Slave operation will be through a 5/16 O.D. x 0.035” wall stainless steel tubing actuator line
having the following limitations:
• Maximum total length of tubing is 500 feet (152 m).
• Maximum length of tubing between cylinder #1 and the last cylinder is 400 feet (122 m).
• The maximum length of tubing between the nitrogen pilot cylinder and nitrogen driver cyl-
inder #1 is up to 100 ft. (31 m).
• If required, the nitrogen pilot cylinder can be located at a distance greater than 100 feet
(30.5 m) from Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinder #1. In this instance, tubing length can be
taken from the line between the slave cylinders and added to the line between the nitrogen
cylinder and slave cylinder #1, provided that the maximum total length of tubing does not
exceed 150 feet (45.7 m).
• The tubing actuation line must be designed for a minimum working pressure of 1800 PSIG
(124 bar gauge).
500 ft. (152.4 m) Max Length 250 ft. (76.2 m) Max Length
of 5/16” Stainless of 1/4” Sch. 40 Pipe
Steel Tubing Maximum 100 ft. of
Flare 5/16 O.D. X 0.032" wall
Stainless steel tubing
Nitrogen
Slave Nitrogen Driver (Typ.) Transfer Hose
with Pneumatic Control Head Master Control
Head
Nitrogen Driver
5/16" O.D. X 0.032" Wall Tee Agent Cylinder With Pneumatic Control
Steel Tubing or Head (P/N 82-878737-000)
Elbow Actuation Assembly
1/4” Sch. 40 Pipe
Kit (Typ.)
15 Slave sets of Agent and

Nitrogen Driver Cylinders
5/16" O.D. X 0.032" Wall
Steel Tubing or 1/4” Sch. 40 Pipe

Figure 4-6. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Actuate a Maximum
of Fifteen Sets of ADS Cylinders, Not Close-coupled
July 2014 4-18 06-237256-001

4-2.5.4 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure

For cylinders close-coupled using nitrogen pressure from one pilot nitrogen cylinder (see
Figure 4-8), from one to fifteen slave Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinder sets can be actuated from
one pilot nitrogen cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the nitrogen driver
cylinders.
Slave operation will be through a 1/4” Schedule 40 steel pipe actuator line having the following
limitations:
• Maximum length between nitrogen pilot cylinder and the first Kidde ECS ADS Series cylin-
der is 100 feet (30.5 m).
• All Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinders must be located adjacent to one another.
Nitrogen Transfer Hose
Slave Nitrogen Driver (Typ.)

with Pneumatic Control Head
(P/N 82-878737-000) Flare Master Control
Actuation Hose
Head
Tee (Typ.) Agent Cylinder

Master Nitrogen
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.) Nitrogen Driver Pilot Driver
Elbow With Pneumatic with master
Control Head Control Head
(P/N WK-878737-000) 250 ft. (76.2 m) Max. Length
15 Slave sets of Agent and of 1/4” Sch. 40 Pipe
Nitrogen Driver Cylinders
500 ft. (152.4 m) Max. Length
5/16” Stainless Steel Tubing

Figure 4-7. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Master Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Actuate a Maximum
of Fifteen Sets of Kidde ECS ADS Series Cylinders, Close-coupled.
06-237256-001 4-19 July 2014

4-2.5.5 Manifold Arrangement Kits for Use with Single Driver ADS Series Systems
(P/N 06-129944-X0X)
Manifold actuation arrangement kits are convenient and easy to install. Kits are available in
two, three, four and five system manifolds. See Figure 4-4 and Table 4-8 for a listing of
hardware included in the kit.
"X" ± 0.187
06-118193-00X
06-118285-001
06-118284-001
82-878737-000
878737
KIT
P/N 06-129882-001
Figure 4-8. Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with Single Driver ADS Series Systems
Table 4-8. Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for Single Driver ADS Series System
Number of Pieces Included
3/16” Flare Elbow x 1/8” NPT

3/16” Flare Tee x 1/8” NPT
P/N 06-129882-001
P/N 06-118193-003
P/N 06-118193-002
P/N 82-878737-000
P/N 06-118285-001
P/N 06-118284-001
Actuation Assembly
Pneumatic Actuator
22” Flex Hose
36” Flex Hose
Number of
Cylinders
Kit P/N
2 Cylinder Set 06-129944-002 2 1 0 1 1 1

System Manifold
3 Cylinder Set 06-129944-003 3 1 1 2 2 1
System Manifold
4 Cylinder Set 06-129944-004 4 1 2 3 3 1
System Manifold
5 Cylinder Set 06-129944-005 5 1 3 4 4 1
System Manifold
Plus 1 Cylinder Set 06-129944-101 1 0 1 1 1 0
Manifold
July 2014 4-20 06-237256-001

4-2.6 Pressure Actuation Limitations for Dual Driver Kidde ECS ADS Series
Cylinders
Four modes of pressure actuation of the Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinders are available.
When agent cylinders are all connected to a common manifold, they shall be at the same size,
same fill density, and same orifice fitting.
4-2.6.1 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pressure From a Master Nitrogen Driver

For cylinders close-coupled using pressure from one master nitrogen driver cylinder, a
maximum of fourteen slave sets, close-coupled (maximum of fifteen Kidde ECS ADS Series
sets in group [one set equals two nitrogen drivers and an agent cylinder]), can be actuated by
that one master cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the slave cylinders. The
slave cylinder operation will be through pilot flexible hoses.
Plain Nut Discharge Head, Manifold Arrangement Kits

(Typ.) 1/4" Sch 40 or
(Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000 5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
3" Valve
Control Head
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.), P/N 06-129985-001
Figure 4-9. Close-coupled Manifold using pressure from a Master Nitrogen Driver for use with Large Single
Hazard Arrangements
4-2.6.2 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pressure From a Master Nitrogen Driver
For cylinders not close-coupled using pressure from one master nitrogen driver and agent
cylinder set, a maximum of fourteen slave sets (maximum fifteen sets in a group) can be
actuated by that one master cylinder, using pressure operated control heads on the slave
cylinders. The slave cylinder operation will be through a 5/16” O.D. x 0.035” wall stainless steel
tubing actuator line having a maximum total length of 800 ft. (244 m) or 400 ft. (122 m) of
1/4” Schedule 40 pipe.
1/4" Sch 40 or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Plain Nut Discharge Head

(Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000 3" Valve Control Head
Actuation Assembly Kit

(Typ.)
Figure 4-10. Not Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Master Nitrogen Driver for use with Large
Single Hazard Arrangements
06-237256-001 4-21 July 2014

4-2.6.3 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure

For cylinders close-coupled using nitrogen pressure from one pilot nitrogen cylinder, from one
to fifteen slave Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinder sets can be actuated from one pilot nitrogen
driver using pressure operated control heads on the slave nitrogen driver cylinders.
Slave operation will be through a 1/4” Schedule 40 steel pipe actuator line having the following
limitations:
• Maximum length between nitrogen pilot cylinder and the first Kidde ECS ADS Series cylin-
der is 100 feet (30.5 m).
• All Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinders must be located adjacent to one another.
Maximum 500 ft. of

5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Plain Nut Discharge Head (Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000 Control

Head
Nitrogen Pilot
with Control Head
Actuation Assembly Kit (Typ.) Pneumatic Control Head (Typ.),

3" Valve P/N 82-878737-000
Figure 4-11. Close-coupled Manifold Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure for use with Large Single
Hazard Arrangements
July 2014 4-22 06-237256-001

4-2.6.4 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure

For cylinders not close-coupled using nitrogen pressure from a pilot nitrogen cylinder, a
maximum of fifteen Kidde ECS ADS Series sets (one set equals two nitrogen drivers and an
agent cylinder) can be actuated by one pilot nitrogen driver using pressure operated control
heads on the slave nitrogen driver cylinders.
Slave operation will be through a 5/16 O.D. x 0.035” wall stainless steel tubing actuator line
having the following limitations:
• Maximum total length of tubing is 500 feet (152 m).
• Maximum length of tubing between cylinder #1 and the last cylinder is 400 feet (122 m).
• The nominal min./max. length of tubing between the nitrogen pilot cylinder and nitrogen
driver cylinder #1 is up to 100 feet (31 m).
• If required, the nitrogen pilot cylinder can be located at a distance greater than 100 feet
(30.5 m) from Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinder #1. In this instance, tubing length can be
taken from the line between the slave cylinders and added to the line between the nitrogen
cylinder and slave cylinder #1, provided that the maximum total length of tubing does not
exceed 150 feet (45.7 m).
• The tubing actuation line must be designed for a minimum working pressure of 1800 PSIG
(124 bar gauge)
Maximum 500 ft. of

5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
1/4" Sch 40 or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall Control
Stainless steel tubing Head
Nitrogen Pilot
with Control Head
3" Valve
Plain Nut Discharge Head (Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000
Actuation Assembly Kit (Typ.)
Figure 4-12. Not Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Pilot Nitrogen Driver for use with Large
Single Hazard Arrangements
06-237256-001 4-23 July 2014

4-2.6.5 Manifold Arrangement Kits for Use with Dual Driver ADS Series Systems (P/N
06-129986-X0X)
Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with the Dual Driver ADS Series Systems are available in
two, three and four system manifolds. See Figure 4-13 and Table 4-9 for a listing of hardware
included in the kit.
"X" ± 0.187
06-118193-00X
06-118285-001
06-118284-001
82-878737-000
KIT
P/N 06-129882-001
Figure 4-13. Manifold Arrangement Kit for use with Dual Driver ADS Series Systems
Table 4-9. Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for Dual Driver ADS Series System
Number of Pieces Included
3/16” Flare Elbow x 1/8” NPT

3/16” Flare Tee x 1/8” NPT
P/N 06-118193-001
P/N 06-118193-002
P/N 82-878737-000
P/N 06-129985-001
Pneumatic Actuator
Actuation Assembly
P/N 06-118285-001
P/N 06-118284-001
16” Flex Hose
36” Flex Hose
Number of Kit Part

Cylinders Number
2 Cylinder Manifold 06-129986-002 1 1 2 2 1 2

Plus One Cylinder 06-129986-101 — 1 1 1 — 1
July 2014 4-24 06-237256-001

4-2.7 Manifold Arrangement with 3-Way Directional Valves (Multi-Hazard

Arrangements for all Systems)
Note: 3-Way Directional Valves, P/N 90-2200XX-00, are UL Listed, but not FM Approved.
The Kidde ECS ADS Series offers the use of 3-way directional valves for protection of multiple
hazards from one central storage bank of agent and nitrogen driver cylinders. For more
information on the valves, see Paragraph 3-3.11.8.
Since only one system (i.e., distribution piping and nozzles) can be entered and calculated at
one time, it is necessary to create separate projects (.flc files) for each configuration. With
respect to the 3-way directional valves, separate objects are used for a given valve size
depending on the orientation of the valve. An “open” valve is used to allow agent to flow
through the side (branch) outlet of the valve, and a “closed” valve would be used to allow agent
to flow through the run outlet of the valve. When working with multiple files, the user should
ensure that the type, diameter and length of any pipes common to more than one project file
are identical. The pipe locking feature is useful here. In addition, the agent quantity per
cylinder and area of the nitrogen restrictor orifice should be identical. For 3-way direction valve
limitations, see Table 4-10.
Note: Per NFPA 2001–In sections where a valve arrangement introduces sections of closed
piping, such sections shall be equipped with pressure relief devices, or the valves shall
be designed to prevent entrapment of liquid. For pressure relief of manifold arrange-
ments using directional valves, use a safety outlet (P/N 82-844346-000).
The nitrogen pilot line is connected to each 3-way directional valve. An electric control head is
installed on each nitrogen pilot cylinder to actuate and release the nitrogen, which, in turn,
pneumatically opens the valve. The nitrogen pilot line must be installed with a pressure
regulator. The nitrogen line is then installed into the pneumatic solenoid that is attached to the
pneumatic actuator. The pneumatic solenoid acts as a gate valve; when the signal is received
from the panel to open the pneumatic solenoid, the pressure is then allowed to pass through
the pneumatic actuator, which thereby turns the valve to the 90° “Open” orientation.
Table 4-10. 3-Way Ball Valve
Maximum Number from Maximum Tubing Maximum

Ball Valve Size
One Pilot Cylinder 5/16” x 0.035” Weight 1/4” Schedule 40 Pipe
4” 3 200 ft. 100 ft.

3” 3 200 ft 100 ft
2” 8 200 ft. 100 ft
1 1/2” 8 200 ft. 100 ft
1 1/4” 8 200 ft. 100 ft
1 8 200 ft. 100 ft
3/4” 8 200 ft. 100 ft
1/2” 8 200 ft. 100 ft
The following are two options of actuation arrangements:

• Figure 4-14 illustrates Arrangement 1 where three hazards are protected using two 3-way
directional valves. A nitrogen pilot actuation is used for each 3-way ball valve. In this case,
pneumatic solenoids for the 3-way directional valves are not needed.
• Figure 4-15 illustrates Arrangement 2 where three hazards are protected using two 3-way
directional valves. A single nitrogen pilot cylinder is used to provide the actuating force for
the 3-way directional valves. Each 3-way directional valve is actuated by a 24 Vdc Solenoid.
06-237256-001 4-25 July 2014

The pneumatic actuator and pneumatic solenoid are rated for a pressure of 100
to 150 PSI (6.89 to 10.34 bar gauge). A pressure regulator must be installed in
line to reduce the nitrogen pressure that is being released from the pilot
WARNING cylinder. Pressure regulator, P/N 06-118334-001 or 38-509803-001, is factory
set to 116 PSI (8 bar gauge).
PIPING TO PIPING TO PIPING TO

HAZARD A HAZARD B HAZARD C
SOL Elec. Pneumatic Solenoid

(P/N 06-118329-001)
3-Way Ball
Panel Valve
Swing Check or Check

Discharge Manifold Valve
E Electric
Channels Needed = Swing Check Control Head
# of Directional Valves or Check Vavle S/O Pressure Regulator
(P/N 06-118334-001)
Factory Set to 116 PSI (8 bar)
3-Way Ball 3-Way Ball
VALVE 1 VALVE 2 S/O Safety Outlet (P/N 82-844346-000)
Electric Control E E E
Head
Flex Hose or
Hard Pipe • Nitrogen pilot line connected to
each 3-way ball valve.
1/4 inch Sch 40 pipe or
Nitrogen Pilot 5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall • Electric control heads on each
Electric Control Stainless steel tubing nitrogen pilot cylinder to control
Head Agent Agent Agent the directional valves.
Tank N2 Tank N2 Tank N2
• Each pilot cylinder could also be
#3 #2 #1 manually actuated.
• All cylinders must be of the same size and fill density.
Nitrogen Pilot • All nitrogen drivers must be of the same size and pressure (1800 PSIG).
Note: Two 3-way ball valves are shown for reference.
General usage is not limited to two 3-way valves.
SIDE VIEW
1" Transfer Hose (Typ.) Plain Nut–Discharge Head

P/N 06-118207-003 (Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000
E E E
Actuation Assembly Kit Plain Nut–Discharge Head Electric Control Head

for 200 and 350 lb. Systems, (Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000
P/N 06-129882-001
for 600 and 900 lb. Systems,
P/N 06-129985-001
TOP VIEW
Note: The arrangements shown above use the larger cylinders 600 and 900 lb.)
for the purpose of clarity. This concept can also be achieved using the 200 and 350 lb. cylinders.
Figure 4-14. Arrangement 1: 3-Way Ball Valves with Nitrogen Pilot Cylindes Dedicated for Each Directional
Valve Protecting Three Hazards
Note: No pneumatic solenoid required for each 3-way ball valve.
July 2014 4-26 06-237256-001

PIPING TO PIPING TO PIPING TO

HAZARD A HAZARD B HAZARD C
SOL Elec.Pneumatic Solenoid
(P/N 06-118329-001)
3-Way Ball
Valve
Panel
Swing Check or Check
Valve
Discharge Manifold Electric Control Head
E
Swing Check
Channels Needed = # of Pressure Regulator
Directional Valves + 1
or Check Valve S/O (P/N 06-118334-001)
Sol. Sol.
Factory Set to 116 PSI (8 bar)
3-Way Ball 3-Way Ball S/O Safety Outlet (P/N 82-844346-000)
VALVE 1 VALVE 2
Electric
Control Head E E E
Flex Hose or
Hard Pipe
• Nitrogen pilot line connected to each
3-way ball valve.
1/4" Sch 40 Pipe or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall • Electric control head and one pilot
Nitrogen Pilot cylinder feeds all the ball valves.
Agent Agent Agent • Each 3-way ball valve is with a solenoid
N2 N2 N2
Tank Tank Tank pneumatic actuator (rotates 90°).
#3 #2 #1
• All cylinders must be of the same size and fill density.
• All nitrogen drivers must be of the same size and pressure (1800 PSIG).
Note: Two 3-way ball valves are shown for reference.
General usage is not limited to two 3-way valves.
SIDE VIEW
1" Transfer Hose Plain Nut– Discharge Head

(Typ.), P/N 06-118207-003 (Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000
E E E
Plain Nut–Discharge Head (Typ.) Electric Control Head

Actuation Assembly Kit
for 200 and 350 lb. Systems, P/N WK-872450-000
P/N 06-129882-001
for 600 and 900 lb. Systems,
P/N 06-129985-001
TOP VIEW
Note: The arrangements shown above use the larger cylinders (600 and 900 lb.)
for the purpose of clarity. This concept can also be achieved using the 200 and 350 lb. cylinders.
Figure 4-15. Arrangement 2: 3-Way Ball Valves with One Nitrogen Pilot Controlled by a 24 Vdc Solenoids
Protecting Three Hazards
Note: Each 3-way ball valve will have individual electric pneumatic solenoids.
06-237256-001 4-27 July 2014

4-2.8 Using Multiple Nitrogen Cylinders

Two or more remotely located pilot nitrogen cylinders can be used to actuate the Kidde ECS
ADS described in Paragraph 4-2.5.3 and Paragraph 4-2.5.4, provided that:
• 1/4” check valves (P/N WK-264985-000) shall be installed at the intersection of each pilot
line to the main actuator line (see Table 4-16).
• The total length of actuator line, from each nitrogen pilot cylinder to the nitrogen driver
cylinders shall not exceed the limitation established.
N2 PILOT
CYLINDER
¼” CHECK VALVE
P/N WK-264985-000
N2 PILOT
CYLINDER NITROGEN
DRIVER
Figure 4-16. Multiple Pilot Nitrogen Actuation Cylinders
4-2.8.1 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations

Refer to Table 4-11 for corner pulley and cable length limitations.
Table 4-11. Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations
Pulley
Control Head Part Max. Cable
Type Number Length (ft.)
P/N 81-803808-000 P/N WK-844648-000
Cable Operated 81-979469-000 15 30 100

Electric/Cable 81-895630-000 6 30 100
Electric/Cable, XP WK-897494-000 6 30 100
4-2.8.2 Pressure Trip Limitations

The maximum load to be attached to pressure trip (P/N 81-874290-000) is 100 lb. (45 kg).
This is based on a minimum pressure of 75 PSIG (5 bar gauge) at the pressure trip.
4-2.9 Venting Requirements for the Hazard Enclosure

The installer of a clean agent fire extinguishing system shall meet the Working Plans
requirements of NFPA 2001, Edition 2012 Section 5.1.2.2(28) as relate to design of means for
enclosure pressure relief to be in effect at the time of system discharge. The system designer
is referred to the GUIDE to Estimating Enclosure Pressure and Pressure Relief Vent Area for
Applications Using Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems, published by the Fire Suppression
Systems Association, 5024-R Campbell Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21236-5974.
July 2014 4-28 06-237256-001

4-2.10 Post-Discharge Ventilation Requirements

The installer of a clean agent fire extinguishing system shall meet the requirements of NFPA
2001, Edition 2012 Section 1.5.1.4.1 as relate to design, installation, and operation of means
for exhausting an enclosure of agent and combustion products gases but not before the
conclusion of the duration of protection as described in NFPA 2001, Edition 2012 Section 5.6.
The design of an air extraction system for this purpose shall consider the enclosure volume,
the time required to clear the enclosure of unwanted gases, and the location at which gases
are discharged to the ambient. In particular, means shall be provided to ventilate locations
where forced air circulation is absent such as in underfloor spaces.
4-3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
4-3.1 General
All Kidde ECS ADS Series equipment must be installed to facilitate proper inspection, testing,
manual operation, recharging and any other required maintenance as may be necessary.
Equipment must not be subject to severe weather conditions or mechanical, chemical, or other
damage that could render the equipment inoperative. Equipment must be installed in
accordance with NFPA Standard 2001.
Pressurized (charged) cylinders are capable of violent discharge and, as such,

are extremely hazardous. The agent cylinder/valve assemblies must be
handled, installed, and serviced in accordance with the instructions contained
in this Section and Compressed Gas Association (CGA) pamphlets C-1, C-6 and
P-1.
WARNING Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, severe injury, and
property destruction damage in the event of inadvertent and unexpected
cylinder discharge.
CGA pamphlets may be obtained from: Compressed Gas Association:
http://www.cganet.com.
4-3.2 Distribution Piping and Fittings
4-3.2.1 Threads
Threads on all pipe and fittings must be tapered threads conforming to ANSI Specification
B1.20.1. Joint compound, tape or thread lubricant must be applied only to the male threads of
the joint, excluding the first two threads.
4-3.2.2 Pipe
Piping must be of noncombustible material having physical and chemical characteristics, such
that its integrity under stress can be predicted with reliability. The latest version of the flow
calculation software has only been verified for the specific types and schedule of pipe and
fittings covered in this manual. There is a risk that the system may not supply the required
quantity of agent in unbalanced systems when other pipe types and fittings are used.
06-237256-001 4-29 July 2014

4-3.2.2.1 Ferrous Piping

Black steel (or galvanized pipe [UL only]) must be either ASTM A-53 seamless or electric
resistance welded, Grade A or B, or ASTM A-53 furnace weld Class F or ASTM. Pipes with higher
pressure ratings than those listed are also acceptable for use.
A-106, Grade A, B or C. ASTM B-120 and ordinary cast iron pipe must not be used. The
thickness of the pipe wall must be calculated in accordance with ANSI B-31.1, Power Piping
Code. The internal pressure for this calculation must be no less than 402 PSIG at 130 °F (28
bar gauge at 54 °C).
Ordinary cast-iron pipe, steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-120, or nonmetallic

pipe must not be used. Use of non-specified materials may cause system
malfunction.
CAUTION Pipe supplied as dual stenciled A-120/A-53 Class F meets the requirements of
Class F furnace welded pipe ASTM A-53 as listed above.
4-3.2.2.2 Piping Joints

The type of piping joint shall be suitable for the design conditions and shall be selected with
consideration of joint tightness and mechanical strength per NFPA 2001 Edition 2012. Fittings
Class 150 and cast iron fittings must not be used. Fittings used must be minimum 300 lb. class
conforming to ASTM A-197 and have a minimum working pressure of 402 PSIG (28 bar gauge).
Flanged fittings must be 300 lb. class, American Standard, forged carbon steel. Do not exceed
the pressure/temperature ratings of the fitting manufacturer. Teflon® tape must be applied on
male threads for threaded fittings. All grooved couplings/fittings must be listed/approved for
internal pressures no less than 402 PSIG (28 bar gauge).
Concentric bell reducers are the only means for reducing pipe size. Reductions can be made
after a tee or after a union. Where reducers are used at tees, the reducers must be downstream
of each tee. Reductions made after a union are possible only if the next change in direction
(tee split) is located a minimum of six nominal pipe diameters downstream of the concentric
bell reducer. Gaskets for flanged fittings shall be neoprene impregnated or compliant with
NFPA 2001 Edition 2012.
4-3.2.2.3 Fittings
Class 150 and cast iron fittings must not be used. Fittings used must be minimum 300 lb. class
conforming to ASTM A-197 and have a minimum working pressure of 402 PSIG (28 bar gauge).
Flanged fittings must be 300 lb. class, American Standard, forged carbon steel.
Pressure/temperature ratings of the fitting manufacturer must not be exceeded. Teflon tape
must be applied on male threads for threaded fittings. All grooved couplings/fittings must be
listed/approved for internal pressures no less than 402 PSIG (28 bar gauge). Fittings with
higher pneumatic ratings, such as forged steel fittings, are also acceptable for use.
Concentric bell reducers are the only means for reducing pipe size. Reductions can be made
after a tee or after a union. Where reducers are used at tees, the reducers must be downstream
of each tee. Reductions made after a union are possible only if the next change in direction
(tee split) is located a minimum of six nominal pipe diameters downstream of the concentric
bell reducer. Gaskets for flanged fittings shall be flat gray asbestos, neoprene impregnated.
The calculation software has only been verified for use with the piping, inside
pipe diameter and fittings specified in this manual. When unspecified piping and
CAUTION fittings are used, there is a risk that the system will not supply the required
quantity of the agent.
July 2014 4-30 06-237256-001

4-3.3 Installation of Pipe and Fittings

Pipe and fittings must be installed in strict accordance with the system drawings and good
commercial practices. The piping between the cylinder and the nozzles must be the shortest
route possible, with a minimum of fittings. Any deviations in the routing or number of fittings
must be approved by the design engineer before installation.
Note: Strict piping rules regarding flow splits to multiple hazards must be adhered to. Please
refer to Paragraph 4-2.3.4 of this manual for proper tee installations.
Piping must be reamed free of burrs and ridges after cutting, welding or threading. All threaded
joints must conform to ANSI B1-20-1. Joint compound or thread tape must be applied only to
the male threads of the joint, excluding the first two threads. Welding must be in accordance
with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Each pipe section must be
swabbed clean, using a non-flammable organic solvent.
All piping must be blown clear with dry nitrogen or compressed air before installing the
discharge nozzles.
The piping must be securely braced to account for discharge reaction forces and thermal
expansion/contraction. Care must be taken to insure the piping is not subjected to vibration,
mechanical or chemical damage. All hangers must be FM Approved or UL Listed and must
conform to general industry standards for pipe hangers and conform to ANSI B-31.1. Refer to
ANSI B-31.1 for additional bracing requirements.
4-3.4 Installation of Check Valves

Install the check valves as shown on the system drawings. Apply Teflon tape or pipe compound
to all the male threads, except the first two threads. Valves greater than two inches in size are
provided with flanged outlets. All valves must be installed with the arrow on the valve body
pointing in the proper direction of the flow.
All agent equipment must be installed to facilitate proper inspection, testing, manual
operation, recharging and any other required maintenance as may be necessary. Equipment
must not be subject to severe weather conditions or mechanical, chemical, or other damage
that could render the equipment inoperative. Equipment must be installed in accordance with
NFPA Standard 2001.
The agent cylinder/valve assemblies must be handled, installed and serviced in

accordance with the instructions contained in this Section and Compressed Gas
Association (CGA) pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1. CGA pamphlets may be obtained
WARNING from: Compressed Gas Association: http://www.cganet.com. Failure to follow
these instructions can cause agent cylinders to violently discharge, resulting in
severe injury, death and/or property destruction.
4-3.5 Installation of Pressure Actuation Pipe

The pressure actuation pipe must be 1/4-inch Schedule 40 or 80 pipe or 5/16 in. O.D. x 0.035
in. wall stainless steel tubing. Actuation lines shall be protected against crimping and
mechanical damage (per NFPA 2001, Edition 2012 Section 4.3.4.4). The pipe or tubing must
be routed in the most direct manner with a minimum number of fittings. Pipe and fittings must
be in accordance with the requirements listed in Paragraph 4-3.2. Fittings can be flared or
compression type. The pressure-temperature ratings of the fitting manufacturer must not be
exceeded.
06-237256-001 4-31 July 2014

4-3.6 Installation of Directional Valves with Pneumatic Actuators and

Solenoids
Note: Directional Valves (P/N 90-11832x-00x) are not UL Listed for use with Kidde ECS ADS
Series (FM Approved only).
Flanged fittings are to be installed per ANSI B16.5.
1. Gather the required parts for the chosen directional system based upon the number of 3-
way valves needed and the actuation scheme desired.
– Single pilot cylinder actuation requires one pilot cylinder, actuation hoses (number of
hoses equals two times the number of directional valves), electric control head, the di-
rectional valves with solenoid pneumatic actuators and a pressure regulator. See Figure
4-16 for more detail.
– Multiple pilot actuation requires multiple pilot cylinders (number of pilot cylinders
equals one times the number of directional valves), actuation hoses (number of hoses
equals one times the number of directional valves), electric control heads (number of
control heads equals one times the number of directional valves), directional valves
with pneumatic actuators and a pressure regulator. See Figure 4-17 for more detail. No
pneumatic solenoids are required for this option.
Note: The pressure regulator must be located within 12 in. of the solenoid and pneumatic ac-
tuator.
2. Ensure that all directional valves are in the “straight through” position before installation
(the T-port in the valve should be open on both ends with the side port closed). See
Figure 4-17.
PIPING TO
HAZARD A
PIPING TO
HAZARD B
Straight through position;

Closed to pipe network.
3-Way
VALVE 2
Figure 4-17. Straight Through Orientation

The directional valve must be installed so that the 90° turn of the actuator brings the T-port
open on the side branch and the end of the valve that faces the agent source. The arrow on
the valve must be pointed in the direction of the flow. See Figure 4-18.
PIPING TO
HAZARD A
PIPING TO
HAZARD B
(In Alarm)
90° counterclockwise
turn to Hazard B.
3-Way
VALVE 2
Figure 4-18. 90° Orientation
July 2014 4-32 06-237256-001

3. Connect the actuators on the directional valves to the pneumatic source in one of two ways
(see Figures 4-15 and 4-16 for piping and wiring diagrams):
For pilot cylinder actuation, all directional valves must have a 24 Vdc solenoid (for UL Listed
3-Way Directional Valves, use P/N 06-118384-001; for FM Approved 3-Way Directional
Valves, use P/N 06-118329-001) and a 24 Vdc connection from the control panel.
– Connect the pilot cylinder to the second pressurization port of the solenoid actuator us-
ing the actuation line.
– Connect each of the solenoids and the electric control head to the control panel so that
the electric control head fires and the correct directional valve operates for the desired
hazard.
– Test each hazard with the control panel by listening for the solenoid click at each direc-
tional valve.
– Reconnect all electrical connections.
– Attach an electric control head to the pilot cylinder (being sure it is set before installa-
tion).
4. Set the control panel to provide a delay between the firing of the pilot cylinders for the di-
rectional valves and the firing of the Kidde ECS ADS Series. The delay depends on the 3-
way Directional Valve used. For the UL Listed 3-Way Directional Valves (P/N 90-22003X-
00X), set the value to 17 seconds (see Table 4-12). This delay provides sufficient time for
the valves to fully open before the system is discharged.
Table 4-12. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Data
Part Number with Solenoid Description Time Delays Required to Open
90-220030-001 1/2” NPT 5.0 sec.

90-220030-002 3/4” NPT 5.0 sec.
90-220030-003 1” NPT 5.0 sec.
90-220031-001 1 1/4” NPT 5.0 sec.
90-220031-002 1 1/2” NPT 5.0 sec.
90-220031-003 2” NPT 5.0 sec.
90-220032-001 3” Victaulic 5.0 sec.
90-220032-002 4” Victaulic 5.0 sec.
4-3.6.1 System Release Control Configuration

Note: Not UL Listed for use with Kidde ECS ADS Series (FM Approved only).
Important: The information in this paragraph refers to circuits and wiring employed on Kidde
panels*; specific Kidde ECS ADS Series configurations and/or other
programmable panels may require different wiring and/or panel-to-panel
connections. A maximum of eight suppression hazards and a maximum of eight
electrically actuated nitrogen driver cylinders are allowed per system. Multiple
panels may be employed to control and release the system. The smallest Kidde
ECS ADS Series configuration would require a minimum of four release circuits.
06-237256-001 4-33 July 2014

Regardless of configuration, the following sequence of activation must be

adhered to:
1.When a call for suppression is received by the panel for a specific suppression
zone, the appropriate selector valve solenoid and nitrogen pilot control head
must activate within 0.5 seconds of each other.
WARNING
2.Six to ten seconds after the selector valve solenoid and nitrogen pilot control
head actuates, the appropriate nitrogen driver control heads must activate.
After any hazard activates, no other activation is allowed until the system is
serviced. Failure to follow these sequence could result in system malfunction.
Kidde Fire Systems or other

programmable FM Approved
(for FM insured installations)
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm
suppression control panel
PEGAsys or other
S
Release
FM Approved/UL Listed Selector Valve
Circuit
fire alarm suppression Solenoid (see note 1)
control panel
S
Release Selector Valve
Circuit Solenoid (see note 1)
S
Release Nitrogen Pilot
Circuit Control Head (see note 2)
S
Release Nitrogen Driver
S
S Denotes Supervised Circuit
Figure 4-19. Typical Single Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)
July 2014 4-34 06-237256-001


programmable FM Approved
(for FM insured installations) S
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm PEGAsys or other
FM Approved/UL Listed
suppression control panel Circuit
fire alarm suppression Solenoid (see note 1)
control panel
S
Circuit
Circuit Solenoid (see note 1)
S
Release Nitrogen Pilot
S
Release + Release
Circuit _ Control Relay (see note 3)

programmable FM Approved Panel 1
(for FM insured installations)
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm
suppression control panel PEGAsys or other
FM Approved/UL Listed
fire alarm suppression S
control panel
Initiating EOLR
Circuit
Circuit
S
Circuit Control Head (see Note 2)
S
Circuit Control Head (see Note 2)
Panel 2
S Denotes Supervised Circuit
Figure 4-20. Typical Multiple Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)
Notes:
1. Must use Pneumatic Solenoid (P/N 06-118329-001). Ratings: 24 Vdc, 11.0 W; 2.0 Vdc min-
imum dropout.
2. Must use 24 Volt DC control head. The fire alarm suppression panel release circuit must be
capable of supplying a minimum of 24 Vdc at 2.8 Amps for 30 milliseconds for control head
P/N WK-890181-000 and a minimum of 24 Vdc at 0.5 Amps continuous for control head
P/N 81-100000-001.
3. Release control relays are only required if the nitrogen driver solenoids are released by a
separate panel. Relays employed must be electrically compatible with the release circuit
output characteristics for both pull-in and dropout voltages.
4. A means of manual release of the system shall be provided. Manual release shall be accom-
plished by a mechanical manual release, or by an electrical manual release, when the con-
trol equipment monitors the battery voltage level of the standby battery supply and will
provide a low battery signal. The release shall cause simultaneous operation of automati-
cally operated valves controlling agent release and distribution.
*Refer to the Detection and Control panel Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual for
complete details.
The referenced control heads and solenoids are compatible with Kidde panels.
The use of other panels to operate these control heads and solenoids has not
WARNING been verified and could result in system malfunction.
06-237256-001 4-35 July 2014

4-3.7 Installation of Discharge Nozzles

After the system piping has been blown free of debris, install the discharge nozzles in strict
accordance with the system drawings. Orient the nozzles as shown on drawings. Make certain
that the correct nozzle type, part number and orifice size are installed in the proper location.
See Paragraph 4-2.3.5 for correct nozzle placement and orientation.
4-3.8 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter
For 2 inch valves, to avoid possible personal injury, always connect a valve
outlet adapter to the system piping (union connection) before connecting to an
WARNING agent cylinder valve.
Install valve outlet adapter (WK-283905-000 on 2 inch valves) in system piping. Tighten
securely and continue with threaded rigid pipe. Install a union for ease of disconnecting the
cylinder. Check valves must be used for connecting multiple cylinders on to manifold.
3 inch valves include a grooved coupling at the discharge port.
In order to prevent injury in the event of accidental cylinder discharge, the

discharge hose or valve outlet adapter must be connected to the system piping
WARNING before attaching to the cylinder valve outlet.
July 2014 4-36 06-237256-001

4-3.9 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose

Attach the flexible discharge hose from system piping or El-check in the discharge manifold to
the cylinder valve. Tighten securely (see Figure 4-21, Table 4-21, and Table 4-14).

B
FACE OF
PIPE FITTING
C (HOSE SIZE)
A
Figure 4-21. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping
Table 4-13. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, English Units
Dimensions in Inches
Cylinder Capacity
A B C
200 lb. 19 21 3/4 2

350 lb. 19 21 3/4 2
600 lb. 33 36 3
900 lb. 33 36 3
Note: Dimensions A and B must be maintained in order to obtain a smooth radius in flexible loop.
Table 4-14. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping, Metric Units
Dimensions in Millimeters
Cylinder Capacity
A B C
200 lb. 483 552 51

350 lb. 483 552 51
600 lb. 838 914 76
900 lb. 838 914 76
Note: Dimensions A and B must be maintained in order to obtain a smooth radius in flexible loop.
06-237256-001 4-37 July 2014

4-3.10 Installation of Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies
Kidde ECS ADS Series Cylinders must be located and mounted where they will
not be accidently damaged or moved. If necessary, install suitable protection to
WARNING prevent the cylinder from damage or movement.
The Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinders assemblies should be located in a place that is readily
accessible for the purpose of manual actuation and inspection, service and maintenance. The
cylinders shall be located in an environment protected from the weather and where the
ambient temperature is between 60°F (26°C) and 80°F (27°C). External heating or cooling
may be required to maintain this temperature range. The following installation instructions
must be followed in the exact sequence outlined below to prevent accidental discharge, bodily
injury and property damage.
4-3.10.1 Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder Placement

Position nitrogen drivers and agent cylinders next to each other such that the connecting hoses
have a smooth radius. The center to center distance between the nitrogen drivers and agent
cylinders must fall within the following range, dependant on agent cylinder size.
Table 4-15. Center to Center Distance Range
Center to Center Center to Center

Agent Cylinder Size
Distance Range (inches) Distance Range (mm)
200 lb. 16 to 19 403 to 479

350 lb. 18 1/2 to 21 1/2 470 to 546
600 lb. 21 1/2 to 24 1/2 545 to 622
900 lb. 23 to 26 581 to 657
15° 45°
Figure 4-22. Single Driver Top View
Figure 4-23. Dual Driver Top View
July 2014 4-38 06-237256-001

4-3.10.2 Installation of a Single Cylinder and Single Driver Kidde ECS ADS Series
System
1. Position Kidde ECS ADS Series and nitrogen driver cylinders in designated location, and se-
cure in place with cylinder strap and attaching hardware. Cylinders, straps and brackets
must be properly anchored to structural supports to adequately secure the Kidde ECS ADS
Series cylinders (see Figure 4-25, Figure 4-26, Figure 4-27, and Figure 4-28). Orient cyl-
inder with valve outlet angled toward system piping.
2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Connect a 2-inch flexible discharge hose or valve outlet adapter to the cylinder outlet port.
See Section 4-3.9 for more information.
Note: If a valve outlet adapter is used, a union must be installed in the discharge piping.

4. Install supervisory pressure switches (if applicable). Refer to Paragraph 4-3.21 for instal-
lation instructions.
3 6 7
4
1. FITTING–NITROGEN TRANSFER
2. VALVE–PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
3. FITTING–FLARED 1/8" x 1/4”
4. HOSE–FLEXIBLE 3/16”
5. TEE–1/8" BRANCH
6. VALVE–SCHRADER
3
7. CAP–SCHRADER VALVE
Figure 4-24. Single Driver Actuation Kit Assembly
Table 4-16. Single Driver Actuation Kit Components
Item No. Qty. P/N Description
1 1 06-236124-001 Nitrogen Transfer Fitting

2 1 82-878737-000 Pressure Operated Control Head
3 2 06-118191-001 1/8" X 1/4" Flared Fittings
4 1 06-118193-001 1/4" Flexible Actuation Hose
5 1 06-118192-001 1/8" Branch Tee
6 1 WK-263303-000 1/8" Schrader Valve
06-237256-001 4-39 July 2014

Table 4-16. Single Driver Actuation Kit Components

7 1 WK-263304-000 1/8" Schrader Valve Cap
5. Apply thread tape to male thread of nitrogen transfer fitting.

6. Apply thread tape to the NPT male thread of the first
1/8-in. x 1/4-in. flared fitting, thread NPT male into the nitrogen transfer fitting and tight-
en.
7. Remove the safety cap from the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
8. Install the orifice fitting to the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
9. Take the two assembled components and thread into orifice fitting, then tighten.
10. Apply thread tape to the male end of 1/8-in. branch tee and thread into the pressure op-
erated control head (P/N 82-878737-000). Tighten the branch tee.
11. Apply thread tape to the NPT male thread of the second 1/8-in. x 1/4-in. flared fitting and
thread into one side of the 1/8-in. branch tee. Tighten the flared fitting.
12. Apply thread tape to the male end of the Schrader valve. Securely threading the male end
into the open end of the 1/8-in. branch tee. Apply Schrader cap to Schrader fitting.
13. Connect 1/4-in. actuation hose to flare fitting that was applied to the 1/8-in. branch tee.
14. Connect the other end of the 1/4-in. actuation hose into the flare fitting that was connected
in the busing in Step 9.
15. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve actuation port.
The control head must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be
in the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching it to an agent cylinder in
WARNING order to prevent accidental discharge and possible personal injury.
16. Install the pneumatic control head to the top of the 2-inch valve (actuation port).
17. Attach the 1-inch transfer hose to the top of the 3/4-inch transfer fitting. Torque to 60-80
ft-lbs to prevent leakage.
July 2014 4-40 06-237256-001

21.75 in.
(552 mm)
8
5
3
6
19.00 in 1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE AGENT ASSY
(483 mm) 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
300
600
PSI 900
3. HOSE - FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE
BACK VIEW 4. STRAP - TWO CYLINDER
0 1200
KIDDE-FENWAL
263144
1500
5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD

6. ASSY - ACTUATION
7. FITTING - ORIFICE
8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE
58.75 in.
(1494 mm)
56.72 in.
7 (1440 mm)
55.50 in 51.50 in.

(1410 mm) (1308 mm)
4
45.25 in. 200 LB. 2300 CU. IN.

(1150 mm)
1
30.00 in.
(762.mm) 2
FRONT VIEW
16-19 in.
(403-479 mm)
12.75 in. Dia. 8.50 in. Dia.
(324 mm) (216 mm)
Figure 4-25. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, 200 lb. Cylinder
3
21.75 in.
(552 mm)
8 5
19.00 in 6 1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE AGENT ASSY

(483 mm) 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
4. STRAP - TWO CYLINDER
600
300 PSI 900
0 1200
KIDDE-FENWAL
263144
1500
BACK VIEW 5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD

6. ASSY - ACTUATION
65.25 in.
(1659 mm)
7 61.25 in. 63.22 in.

(1575 mm) (1605 mm)
4
58.00 in.
51.03 in. (1473 mm)
(1270 mm)
350 lb. 4070 CU. IN.
37.00 in.
(940 mm)
1
2
FRONT VIEW
18.5-21.5in.
(470-546 mm)
16.00 in. Dia. 10.50 in. Dia.
(406 mm) (267 mm)
06-237256-001 4-41 July 2014

8 5
6 1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE AGENT ASSY

34.0 in. 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
(867 mm)
4. STRAP - AGENT CYLINDER
6. ASSY - ACTUATION
9 8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE
4 9. STRAP - NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDERS
61.0 in. 4070 58 in.

(1549 mm) 600 lb . cu. in . (1473 mm)
63.22 in.
47.4 in.
(1204 mm) 1 (1606 mm)
65.25 in.
(1810 mm)
37.0 in.
(940 mm)
2
18.0 in.
(457 mm)
21.5-24.5 in.
(545-622 mm)
22.0 in. 10.50 in.
(559 mm) (267 mm)
6
5 1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE AGENT ASSY
34.0 in. 8 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
(867 mm)
4. STRAP - AGENT CYLINDER
6. ASSY - ACTUATION
9. STRAP NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDER
4 9
70 in. 64 in.
(1778 mm) 900 lb. 4890 (1626 mm)
cu. in. 69.22 in.
58.6 in. (1758 mm)
(1488 mm) 1 71.25 in.
(1810 mm)
44.6 in.
(1133 mm)
22 in.
(559 mm) 2
23-26 in.
(581-657 mm)
24 in. 11.25 in.
(610 mm) (286 mm)

18. Assemble the plain-nut discharge head to the bell fitting on the nitrogen transfer hose.
July 2014 4-42 06-237256-001

19. Remove the red protective cap from the nitrogen driver valve.
20. Attach the plain-nut discharge head to the valve on the nitrogen cylinder.
21. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.
Control heads must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be in
the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching to the Kidde ECS ADS Series
WARNING cylinders in order to prevent accidental discharge and possible personal injury.
22. Install the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.
CONNECT TO NITROGEN DRIVER

USING P/N 06-118207-00X
FOR NITROGEN MANIFOLD SYSTEMS,
USE HOSE P/N 06-118324-001*
NITROGEN TRANSFER FITTING
ORIFICE FITTING
CHECK DIFFUSER
Figure 4-29. Single Driver Based Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly with Assembled Actuation
Components
06-237256-001 4-43 July 2014

4-3.10.3 Installation of a Single Cylinder and Two Driver Kidde ECS ADS Series System
(600 and 900 lb. Systems Only)
1. Position Kidde ECS ADS Series and nitrogen driver cylinders in designated location, and se-
cure in place with cylinder strap and attaching hardware. Cylinders, straps and brackets
must be properly anchored to structural supports to adequately secure the Kidde ECS ADS
Series cylinders (see Figure 4-32 and Figure 4-33). Orient cylinder with valve outlet angled
toward system piping.
2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Connect a 3-inch flexible discharge hose or grooved piping to the cylinder outlet port. See
Section 4-3.9 for more information.

4. Install supervisory pressure switches (if applicable). Refer to Paragraph 4-3.21 for instal-
lation instructions.
3 6 7
4
1
8
3
Figure 4-30. Dual Driver Actuation Kit Assembly

Table 4-17. Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit Part Numbers
Item
Qty. Part Number Description
No.
1 1 06-236260-001 Nitrogen Transfer "Y" Fitting
2 1 82-878737-000 Pressure Operated Control Head
3 2 06-118191-001 Fitting Flared 1/8" x 1/4"
4 1 06-118193-001 3/16" Flexible Actuation Hose
5 1 06-118192-001 1/8" Branch Tee
6 1 WK-263303-000 1/8" Schrader Valve
7 1 WK-263304-000 1/8" Schrader Valve Cap
8 1 06-118330-001 3/4" Nipple
July 2014 4-44 06-237256-001

5. Apply thread tape to the 3/4-in. HEX nipple and thread into the “Y” transfer fitting.
6. Apply thread tape to the NPT male thread of the first 1/8-in. x 1/4-in. flared fitting, thread NPT male into
the nitrogen transfer fitting and tighten.
7. Remove the safety cap from the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
8. Install the orifice fitting to the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
9. Take the two assembled components and thread into orifice fitting attached to the nitrogen diffuser as-
sembly, then tighten.
10. Apply thread tape to the male end of 1/8-in. branch tee and thread into the pressure op-
erated control head (P/N 82-878737-000). Tighten the branch tee.
11. Apply thread tape to the NPT male thread of the second 1/8-in. x 1/4-in. flared fitting and
thread into one side of the 1/8-in. branch tee. Tighten the flared fitting.
12. Apply thread tape to the male end of the Schrader valve. Securely threading the male end
into the open end of the 1/8-in. branch tee. Apply Schrader cap to Schrader fitting.
13. Connect 1/4-in. actuation hose to flare fitting that was applied to the 1/8-in. branch tee.
14. Connect the other end of the 1/4-in. actuation hose into the flare fitting that was connected
in the busing previously.
15. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve.
16. Using a suitable wrench, assemble control head to cylinder valve and tighten swivel nut se-
curely.
The control head must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be in the fully
retracted or SET position) before attaching it to an agent cylinder in order to prevent
WARNING accidental discharge and possible personal injury.
18. Install the pneumatic control head to the top of the 3-inch valve (actuation port).
19. Attach the plain-nut discharge head to the bell fitting on the nitrogen transfer hose. Torque
to 60-80 ft-lbs to prevent leakage.
20. Remove the red protective cap from the nitrogen driver valve.
21. Attach the plain-nut discharge head to the valve on the nitrogen cylinder.
Note: Repeat Steps 19 through 21 when a second driver is used.
the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching to the Kidde ECS ADS
23. Install the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.
TO PLAIN NUT
DISCHARGE HEAD.
CONNECTED TO
NITROGEN DRIVER (TYP.)
NITROGEN TRANSFER “Y” FITTING

3/4 in. NIPPLE
ORIFICE FITTING
CHECK DIFFUSER
Figure 4-31. Dual Driver Based Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly with Assembled Actuation Components
06-237256-001 4-45 July 2014

10.55 in.
(268 mm)
3
36.0 in.
SIDE VIEW 7
(914 mm)
8 5
6
34.0 in.
(867 mm)
FRONT VIEW
9
4
61.0 in. 4070 58 in.

(1549 mm) 600 lb . cu. in . (1473 mm)
1. ASSY - CYL. AND VA LV E ADS ASSY
47.4 in.
63.22 in. 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VA LVE NITROGEN DRIVER
(1204 mm) 1 (1606 mm)
65.25 in. 4. STRAP - HFC-227EA CYLINDER
37.0 in.
(1810 mm) 5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD
(940 mm) 6. ASSY - ACTUA TION
18.0 in.
(457 mm)
9. STRAP NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDERS
21.5-24.5 in.
(545-622 mm)
22.0 in. 10.55 in.
(559 mm) (268 mm)
Figure 4-32. Dual Driver Installation, Vertical Mounting for 600 lb. Systems
11.25 in.
(286 mm)
3 36.0 in.
(914 mm)
6
34.0 in. 8 5
(867 mm)
4 9
70 in. 64 in.
(1778 mm) 900 lb. 4890 (1626 mm)
cu. in. 69.22 in. 1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE PHOENIX ASSY
58.6 in. (1758 mm) 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
(1488 mm) 1 71.25 in. 3. HOSE - FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE
(1810 mm) 4. STRAP - HFC-227EA CYLINDER
44.6 in. 5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD
(1133 mm) 6. ASSY - ACTUATION
22 in.
(559 mm) 9. STRAP NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDERS
23-26 in.
(581-657 mm)
24 in. 11.25 in.
(610 mm) (286 mm)
Figure 4-33. Dual Driver Installation, Vertical Mounting for 900 lb. Systems
July 2014 4-46 06-237256-001

4-3.11 Installation of Electric Control Heads to Nitrogen Driver Only
Before installing a control head on a nitrogen driver cylinder valve, ensure the
control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the fully
retracted or SET position). Failure to position the control head in the SET
WARNING position will result in accidental discharge and possible personal injury when
the control head is installed on the driver valve.
1. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cylinder actuation port. Ensure the con-
trol head is in SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the fully retracted or SET posi-
tion).
2. Install the electric control head on the cylinder actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut.
3. Make all electrical connections (see Figure 4-34).
0.750 NPT TO FLEXIBLE

CONDUIT ADAPTER
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
OPTIONAL CONNECTION
FOR MICROSWITCH
PLUS OR HOT CONNECTION (TERMINAL 2)
(TERMINAL 3)
MINUS, NEUTRAL
OR GROUND CONNECTION
(TERMINAL 1)
TERMINAL STRAP
3 2
MICROSWITCH
MICROSWITCH
LEVER
SWIVEL
INDICATOR AND NUT
RESET STEM CAM
Figure 4-34. Electrical Connections for Control Head (P/Ns WK-890181-000)
06-237256-001 4-47 July 2014

4-3.12 Installation of Pressure Operated Control Heads (P/Ns 82-878737-

000 and 82-878750-000)
1. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cylinder actuation port (see
Figure 4-35).
When attaching the lever/pressure-operated control head to the valve, the

swivel nut must be tightened to a torque of 55 ft-lb. Failure to tighten the swivel
WARNING nut as directed may result in leakage during actuation.
1.00" HEX
(25.4 mm) 1/8"-27 NPT
PRESSURE INLET
PISTON
2.19"
(55.6 mm) SWIVEL NUT
SET
OPERATED 1.250-18
UNEF-3B
1.50" HEX
(38 mm)
Figure 4-35. Pressure Operated Control Head

2. Install a pressure operated control head with flexible actuation hose attached to the cylin-
der actuation port.
Ensure that the pilot line is not pressurized and the actuating pins are in the SET
position (that is, the actuating pins are in the fully retracted or SET position).
Failure to follow this procedure will result in accidental discharge and possible
WARNING death, personal injury, and property damage when the control head is installed
on the valve.
July 2014 4-48 06-237256-001

4-3.13 Installation of Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads (P/Ns 81-

895630-000 and WK-897494-000)
The following procedures must be performed before attaching a control head to a cylinder valve
(see Figure 4-36).
1. Remove the four screws holding the cable housing cover on the control head. Remove the
cover.
2. Position the control head in the approximately installed position at the nitrogen driver cyl-
inder valve control port but do not assemble onto the actuation port of the nitrogen driver
cylinder valve.
3. Check that the control head is in the SET position.
4. Assemble the pull cable conduit to the conduit connection on the control head.
5. Feed the cable into the control head through the hole in the operating lever.
6. Feed the cable through the cable clamp. Pull the cable taut, allowing approximately 1/4-
inch to 1/2-inch clearance between the cable clamp and the operating lever. Tighten the
set screws in the cable clamp to secure the cable to the clamp.
7. Cut off any excess cable.
8. Verify the manual remote cable operation to ensure control head actuates and all cable
clamps are tight.
9. Pull the cable back to its normal set (non-operated) position.
10. Reset the control head.
11. Replace the control head cover.
DIRECTION
OF PULL
1/16” CABLE
1/2" E.M.T. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
PLUS OR HOT 3/4” NPT BY FLEXIBLE

CONNECTION CONDUIT CONNECTOR
MINUS, NEUTRAL
OR GROUND
THREAD CABLE CONNECTION
THRU HOLE IN
OPERATING LEVER TERMINAL STRIP
POSITION CABLE
OPTIONAL CONNECTION
BLOCK APPROXIMATELY
FOR MICROSWITCH
AS SHOWN LEAVING
1/4” - 1/2” GAP
MICROSWITCH
SWIVEL NUT
INDICATOR AND
RESET STEM MICROSWITCH
LEVER
CAM
VIEW WITH COVER AND

NAMEPLATE REMOVED
Figure 4-36. Electric/Cable Operated Control Head

12. Examine the seal wire at the safety pull pin. Make sure it is intact.
13. Make all electrical connections.
14. Assemble the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port. Tighten the
swivel nut securely.
If local means of operation is used to actuate the directional valves,

consideration must be given to the number of personnel necessary to locally
06-237256-001 4-49 July 2014

4-3.14 Installation of Cable Operated Control Head (P/N 81-979469-000)

The following procedures must be performed before attaching the control head to the nitrogen
driver cylinder valve.
1. Remove the protection cap from the actuation port on the nitrogen cylinder valve.
2. Remove the cover from the control head and take out the wheel assembly, cable pipe lock-
nut and closure disc.
3. Make sure the plunger is below the surface of the control head body. Position the control
head at the valve control port with the arrow pointing in the direction of pull.
4. Assemble the cable pipe locknut to the cable pipe and place the cable pipe in the control
head body.
5. Slide the wheel assembly on the control cable to the SET position. Tighten the set screws
securely. Make sure the wheel assembly is at the start of the stroke.
6. Cut off any excess control cable close to the wheel assembly.
7. Insert the closure disc and replace the cover on the control head. The control head is now
armed.
To ensure the manual lever does not snag or trap the cable, make sure the local
manual release lever is in the SET position with the locking pin and seal wire
CAUTION installed before assembling the control head cover to the body.
8. Assemble control head to nitrogen valve actuation port. Tighten swivel nut securely.
The cable operated control head (P/N 81-979469-000) must not be used with
the stackable pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878750-000). Installing
CAUTION the cable operated control head on the actuation port of the stackable pressure
operated control head will cause the device to malfunction.
If local means of operation is used to actuate the directional valves,

consideration must be given to the number of personnel necessary to locally
4-3.15 Installation of Lever Operated Control Head (P/N WK-870652-000)

1. Ensure the control head is in the SET position with the safety pull pin and seal wire intact.
3. Using a suitable wrench, assemble the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder valve
actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut securely.
July 2014 4-50 06-237256-001

4-3.16 Installation of Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder (P/N WK-877940-200) and

Mounting Bracket (P/N WK-877845-000)
1. Locate the nitrogen cylinder mounting bracket in an area where the nitrogen driver cylinder
valve assembly and control head will be protected from inclement weather by a suitable
total or partial enclosure, preferably adjacent to the Kidde ECS ADS Series.
2. Install the mounting bracket clamps and hardware. Install the nitrogen pilot cylinder in po-
sition in a mounting bracket; tighten sufficiently to hold the cylinder in place while allowing
the cylinder enough free play to be rotated.
3. Turn the cylinder until the cylinder valve discharge outlet is in the desired position. The ni-
trogen cylinder must be positioned so that control head is readily accessible during manual
operation.
4. Securely tighten the mounting bracket clamps and hardware.
5. Attach the adapter (P/N WK-699205-010) and connect the nitrogen pilot lines.
6. Remove the protective cap from the nitrogen driver valve actuation port.
7. Install the control head to the cylinder valve actuation port and tighten securely.
the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching to the Kidde ECS ADS
4-3.17 Installation of Pressure Switch (P/N 81-486536-000)

Pressure switches must be connected to the discharge manifold or piping in an upright position
as shown on the system drawings. Both the standard and explosion-proof switches have 1/2-
inch NPT pressure inlets to connect to the system piping. The electrical connections are either
1/2-inch conduit knockouts for the standard pressure switch and 1-inch NPT fittings for the
explosion-proof pressure switch.
To prevent personal injury, de-energize all electrical components before

WARNING installing the pressure switch.
4-3.18 Installation of Pressure Trip (P/N 81-874290-000)

Install the pressure trip on the discharge manifold or piping in the horizontal position as shown
on the system drawings. Connect the trip to the piping with 1/2-inch Schedule 40 pipe. The
minimum operating pressure required is 75 PSIG (5 bar gauge). The maximum allowable load
to be attached to the retaining ring is 100 lb. (45 kg).
06-237256-001 4-51 July 2014

4-3.19 Installation of Manual Pull Station (P/N 81-871403-000)

1. Locate the remote pull boxes as shown on the system installation drawings (per NFPA 2001,
Edition 2012 Section 4.3.3.7).
2. Connect the pull boxes to the control heads using 3/8-inch, Schedule 40 pipe or 1/2” EMT,
depending on application. Do not run more than one cable in each pipe run.
3. Install a corner pulley at each change in pipe direction. Do not bend the pipe. A dual-pull
equalizer (P/N 81-840051-000) should be installed where one pull box operates two con-
trols. A dual-pull mechanism (P/N 81-840058-000) should be installed where two pull box-
es operate one control.
4. Beginning at the pull boxes, remove the covers of the first corner pulley. Feed the cable
through the pulley into the 3/8-inch pipe. Connect one end of the cable to the cable fastener
in the pull box, allowing the short end to project at least 1/2-inch. Seat the cable in the
groove by pulling on the long end. Screw the fastener and cable into the handle. Route the
other end to the control heads, taking up as much slack as possible. Attach the end of the
cable to the fastener in the control head.
5. Reattach the corner pulley covers.
6. Check that control head is in SET position. Install the control head to the nitrogen cylinder
valve.
4-3.20 Installation of Discharge Indicator (P/N 81-875553-000)

The discharge indicator must be installed on the discharge manifold, either in a vertical or
horizontal position. The indicator has a 3/4-inch NPT male connection. Make certain the
indicator stem is in the normal position.
July 2014 4-52 06-237256-001

4-3.21 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch (P/Ns 06-118262-001)

Installation of the supervisory pressure switch can be accomplished safely on a pressurized
cylinder.
To prevent personal injury, de-energize all electrical components before

WARNING installing the pressure switch.
When attaching or removing the supervisory pressure switch from the cylinder
valve, attach a wrench to the fitting and hold securely while tightening or
CAUTION loosening the pressure switch.
VALVE
WRENCH FLATS
SUPERVISORY PRESSURE
SWITCH FITTING
PRESSURE SWITCH
ELECTRICAL CABLE
FOR SWITCH CONNECTION
Figure 4-37. Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch

Note: The control panel must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for releasing device service
and compatible with Kidde ECS System equipment.
3 BLUE: N.O. (N.C. UNDER PRESSURE)

2 BLACK: N.C. (N.O. UNDER PRESSURE)
1 VIOLET: COM.
FACTORY SEALED
LEADWIRES 36 in. LONG ± 1 in.
0.500 -14 NPT
CAUTION LABEL
4.125 in. NAMEPLATE LABEL

(10.48 cm)
O-RING
0.250 in. SAE 45° FLARE

(CONNECTION FOR
06-118262-001
SHOWN)
Figure 4-38. Supervisory Pressure Switch Electrical Connections
06-237256-001 4-53 July 2014

3 1 2
• 5A 24 Vdc (Resistive)
• 5A 240 Vac (Resistive)
Figure 4-39. Supervisory Pressure Switch Connection Diagram and Electrical Rating
Note: When cylinder supervisory pressure switch (P/N 06-118262-001) is connected to a su-
pervised control panel circuit, and the switch is wired NC under pressure, it is not pos-
sible to distinguish between a wiring fault and a loss of container pressure. This
configuration should only be used if accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
4-3.21.1 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch 06-118263-001

Install the supervisory pressure switch as follows:
1. Check that the sealing surface of the flare connection of the supervisory switch is not
scratched, dented, scored, etc.
2. Remove the end cap from the pressure switch port of the valve. This is a flare fitting and
does not require tape dope or any type of sealant.
3. Install the pressure switch onto the pressure port of the valve. Be sure to secure the pres-
sure port with a wrench so that you are not turning the port fitting further into the valve.
Tighten the switch hand-tight and then tighten 1/4-turn further using a wrench.
Important: Leak test the pressure switch connection with an agent leak detector or a bub-
bling solution. If the connection leaks, the switch may be tightened further until the leak is
eliminated, again, be sure to have a counter wrench on the switch port.
July 2014 4-54 06-237256-001

4-3.22 Post-Installation Checkout

After the Kidde ECS ADS installation has been completed, perform the following inspections
and tests.
1. Verify that the cylinders of correct weight and pressure are installed in accordance with in-
stallation drawings.
2. Verify that the cylinder brackets and straps are properly installed and all fittings are tight.
3. The piping distribution system must be inspected for compliance with the system drawings,
NFPA 2001, design limitations within this manual and the computerized hydraulic calcula-
tions associated with each independent piping and nozzle configuration.
4. Check that the discharge manifold, discharge piping and actuation piping are securely
hung. Ensure all fittings are tight and securely fastened to prevent agent leakage and haz-
ardous movement during discharge. The means of pipe size reduction and installation po-
sition of the tees must be checked for conformance to the design requirements.
5. The piping distribution system must be cleaned, blown free of foreign material and inspect-
ed internally to ensure that oil or particulate matter will not soil the hazard area or reduce
the nozzle orifice area and affect agent distribution.
6. System piping should be pressure tested in accordance with the requirements of NFPA
2001.
7. Ensure that the check valves are installed in the proper location as indicated on the instal-
lation drawings and that the equipment is installed with the arrow pointing in the direction
of flow.
8. Verify the nozzles are installed in the correct locations and have the correct part numbers
and orifice sizes as indicated on installation drawings. Discharge nozzles must be oriented
such that optimum agent dispersal can be achieved. Check the nozzle orifices for any ob-
structions.
9. The discharge nozzles, piping and mounting brackets must be installed such that they will
not cause injury to personnel. The agent must not be discharged at head height or below
where people in a normal work area could be injured by the discharge. The agent must not
directly impinge on any loose objects or shelves, cabinet tops or similar surfaces where
loose objects could be propelled by the discharge.
10. For systems with a main/reserve capability, the MAIN/RESERVE switch must be clearly
identified and properly installed where it is readily accessible.
11. Manual pull stations must also be clearly identified and properly installed where they are
readily accessible. All manual stations that activate agent systems should be properly iden-
tified as to their purpose. Particular care should be taken where manual pull stations for
more than one system are in close proximity and could be confused and the wrong system
actuated. In this case, manual stations should be clearly identified as to which hazard area
they affect.
12. For systems using directional valves, it is recommended that each valve is clearly labelled,
indicating the hazard to which it is protecting. In addition, all directional valves should have
the internal flow position verified prior to system approval.
13. Warning and instruction signs at protected area entrances, as well as inside, shall be pro-
vided per NFPA 2001, Edition 2012, Section 4.3.5.5.
14. Perform the electric control head test outlined in Paragraph 5-4.3.2 on all cylinders
equipped with electric control heads
15. Perform the pressure switch test outlined in Paragraph 5-4.3.1 for all pressure switches in-
stalled.
16. All acceptance testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 2001, Edition 2012.
06-237256-001 4-55 July 2014

To ensure that all control solenoids and relays are in the correct position after
installing, testing or servicing a system, the following procedure must be
followed immediately before placing a system into service:
1. Remove all control head solenoids from the cylinders.
2. Completely de-energized all control panels, including removal of battery
power.
WARNING 3. Re-energize panels and verify that the panels are in normal operating
condition with no alarms or troubles.
4. Reinstall the solenoids on the cylinders.
Failure to adhere to this sequence may result in equipment malfunction when
the suppression system activates.
July 2014 4-56 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 4-57 July 2014

July 2014 4-58 06-237256-001

Maintenance
CHAPTER 5
MAINTENANCE
5-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter contains maintenance instructions for the Kidde ECS ADS Series. These
procedures must be performed regularly in accordance with regulations. If problems arise,
corrective action must be taken.
5-2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to as “agent”) and
nitrogen cylinder valve assemblies must be handled, installed, inspected, and
serviced only by qualified and trained personnel in accordance with the
instructions contained in this manual and Compressed Gas Association (CGA)
WARNING pamphlets C-1, C-6, and P-1. CGA pamphlets may be obtained from Compressed
Gas Association: http://www.cganet.com. Before performing maintenance
procedures, refer to the material safety data sheets and safety bulletins in the
appendix of this manual.
5-2.1 General
A regular program of systematic maintenance must be established for continuous, proper
operation of each Kidde ECS ADS Series. A periodic maintenance schedule must be followed
and an inspection log maintained for ready reference. As a minimum, the log must record:
• Inspection interval
• Inspection procedure performed
• Maintenance performed, if any, as a result of inspection
• Name of inspector performing task
If inspection indicates areas of rust or corrosion are present, immediately clean and repaint the
area. Perform cylinder hydrostatic pressure testing in accordance with Paragraph 5-4.5.1,
Paragraph 6-3.3, and Paragraph 6-4.1 of this manual.
5-3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Perform preventive maintenance per Table 5-1
Table 5-1. Preventative Maintenance Schedule
Schedule Requirement Paragraph
Weekly Check nitrogen cylinder pressure 5-4.1

Monthly Inspect hazard area system components 5-4.2
Semi-Annually Test pressure switches 5-4.3
Test electric control heads
Check agent cylinder weights
Every 2 Years Blow out distribution piping 5-4.4
Every 5 Years Agent and nitrogen cylinder and flexible hose 5-4.5.1, 6-3.3 and
hydrostatic pressure test and/or inspection 6-4.1
06-237256-001 5-1 July 2014

Maintenance
5-4 INSPECTION PROCEDURES
5-4.1 Weekly
5-4.1.1 Check Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Pressure

Check the nitrogen driver cylinder pressure gauge for proper operating pressure (see Table 3-
6). If the pressure gauge indicates a pressure loss (adjusted for temperature) of more than
10%, it shall be refilled. Remove and recharge the cylinder with nitrogen to 1800 PSIG at 70
°F (124 bar gauge at 21 °C).
5-4.2 Monthly
5-4.2.1 General Inspection

Make a general inspection of all cylinders and equipment for damaged or missing parts. If the
equipment requires replacement or cleaning, refer to Paragraph 5-5.
5-4.2.2 Hazard Access

Ensure access to hazard areas, manual pull stations, discharge nozzles and cylinders are
unobstructed and that there are no obstructions to the operation of the equipment or
distribution of the agent.
5-4.2.3 Inspect Hoses

Inspect the 3/16-inch flexible actuation hoses for loose fittings, damaged threads, cracks,
distortion, cuts, dirt and frayed wire braid. Tighten loose fittings, replace hoses having stripped
threads or other damage. If necessary, clean parts as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1. Inspect
adapters, couplings and tees at the agent cylinder for tightness. Tighten couplings if necessary.
Replace damaged parts.
5-4.2.4 Inspect Pressure Control Heads

Inspect nitrogen driver cylinder pressure operated control heads for physical damage,
deterioration, corrosion, distortion, cracks, dirt and loose couplings. Tighten loose couplings.
Replace the control head if damage is found. If necessary, clean as directed in
Paragraph 5-5.1.
Before resetting the lever/pressure operated control head, all pressure must be
relieved from the cylinder and actuation lines.
Pressure can be relieved from unvented actuation tubing by loosening the
WARNING fitting on the control head slightly and allowing the line to bleed out completely.
Failure to perform this action can result in damage to the control head.
5-4.2.5 Inspect Electric Control Heads

Inspect nitrogen driver cylinder electric control heads for physical damage, corrosion or dirt.
Check the control heads flexible electrical line for wear and damage. Check the control head
for loose coupling. If necessary, tighten coupling. Check that the indicator is in the SET
position, the pull pin is installed in the manual lever, and the seal wire is intact. Replace the
control head if damage is found. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1.
July 2014 5-2 06-237256-001

Maintenance
5-4.2.6 Inspect Cylinder and Valve Assembly for Both the Agent Cylinder and
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder
Inspect the agent cylinder and valve assembly for leakage, physical damage such as cracks,
dents, distortion and worn parts. Check the safety disc for damage. Replace damaged safety
disc per Paragraph 6-2.1.5. If damaged parts are found on the agent cylinder or cylinder valve,
replace as required. If necessary, clean the cylinder and associated parts as directed in
Paragraph 5-5.1.
Inspect the nitrogen driver cylinder and valve assembly for leakage, physical damage such as
cracks, dents, distortion and worn parts. Check the safety disc and pressure gauges for
damage. Replace damaged gauges or safety disc per Paragraph 6-2.2.3. If the gauge pressure
is not normal (1800 PSIG at 70 °F [124 bar gauge at 21 °C]), remove and recharge the cylinder
as described in Paragraph 6-4.2 and Paragraph 6-4.3. If damaged, parts are found on the
nitrogen driver cylinder and valve assembly, replace as required.
5-4.2.7 Inspect Brackets, Straps, Cradles and Mounting Hardware

Inspect the agent and nitrogen driver cylinder brackets, straps, cradles and mounting
hardware for loose, damaged or broken parts. Check the cylinder brackets, straps and
associated parts for corrosion, oil, grease, grime, etc. Tighten loose hardware. Replace
damaged parts. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1.
5-4.2.8 Inspect Discharge Hoses

Inspect flexible discharge hoses and transfer hoses for loose fittings, damaged threads, cracks,
rust, kinks, distortion, dirt and frayed wire braid. Tighten loose fittings and replace hoses with
stripped threads. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1.
5-4.2.9 Inspect Actuation Line

Inspect the nitrogen actuation assembly line (if used) and support brackets for continuity,
physical damage, loose fittings, distortion, cracks or cuts. Tighten loose fittings. Replace
damaged parts. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1.
Note: If discharge or actuation hoses are found to be damaged or of questionable integrity,
test hoses per NFPA 2001, Edition 2012, Section. 7.3.2. Replace hose(s) if required.
5-4.2.10 Inspect Discharge Nozzles

Inspect discharge nozzles for dirt and physical damage. Replace damaged nozzles. If nozzles
are dirty or clogged, refer to Paragraph 5-5.1.
Nozzles must never be painted. A part number is located on each nozzle.

Nozzles must be replaced by nozzles of the same part number. Nozzles must
CAUTION never be interchanged; random interchanging of nozzles could adversely affect
proper agent distribution and concentration within a hazard area.
5-4.2.11 Inspect Pull Stations

Inspect all manual pull stations for cracks, broken or cracked glass plate, dirt or distortion.
Inspect pull stations for signs of physical damage. Replace damaged glass. Replace the station
if other damage is found. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1.
5-4.2.12 Inspect Pressure Switches

Inspect pressure switches for deformations, cracks, dirt or other damage. Replace the switch
if damaged. If necessary, clean the switch as directed in Paragraph 5-5.1.
06-237256-001 5-3 July 2014

Maintenance
5-4.3 Semi-Annual
5-4.3.1 Pressure Switch Test

Perform the pressure switch test as follows:
1. Contact the appropriate personnel and obtain authorization for shutdown of equipment in
hazard.
2. Ensure the hazard area operations controlled by pressure switch are operative.
3. Manually operate the switch by pulling up on the plunger and verify that hazard area oper-
ations controlled by pressure switch shut down.
4. Return the pressure switch to the SET position.
5. Reactivate all systems shut down by pressure switch (power and ventilation systems, com-
pressors, etc.).
5-4.3.2 Electric Control Head Test

Electric control heads must be tested semi-annually for proper operation. This test can be
performed without discharging the nitrogen pilot or driver cylinder. Test one hazard area at a
time before proceeding to the next, as follows:
All control heads must be removed from the nitrogen driver cylinders and
nitrogen pilot cylinders before testing to prevent possible personal injury,
WARNING death, or property damage in the event of accidental cylinder discharge.
1. Remove all electric control heads from all cylinders and nitrogen pilot cylinders serving the
hazard area being tested. Let the electric control heads hang freely from the flexible electric
conduit connections. Leave all pressure operated control heads and pilot actuation hoses
attached to the cylinders.
2. Operate the system electrically. This can be done by actuating the system at the system
control panel or from an electric pull station.
3. Ensure all electric control heads have operated, (that is, the indicator on the electric control
head has moved to the RELEASED position). If any control heads have not operated, check
the circuit for electric continuity to these particular heads and repeat the test. Replace all
damaged heads. Repeat the test if any control heads have been replaced.
Control head must be reset to the SET position (fully retracted actuation pin)
before reconnecting to a cylinder valve. Failure to follow this instruction will
CAUTION result in cylinder discharge when attempting to install the control head.
4. Observe the instructions on the caution label attached to each electric control head. Re-
place any damaged heads which fail to reset properly before reconnecting to the cylinder.
Reattach all electric control heads to threaded port on cylinder valve or pressure operated
control head. Tighten the swivel nut securely. Make certain each electric control head is in
the SET position before reconnecting to the cylinders. Failure to follow this procedure will
result in accidental discharge.
July 2014 5-4 06-237256-001

Maintenance
5-4.3.3 Weighing Cylinders Using the Liquid Level Indicator

Determine the agent weight of the agent cylinders equipped with the liquid level indicator using
the following procedure. This procedure can be performed without removing the agent
cylinders from the system.
1. Remove the protective cap to expose the tape.
2. Raise the flexible tape slowly until it latches.
3. Note the reading at the point where the tape emerges from the fitting. Take care not to pull
the flexible tape upwards after it latches.
4. To determine the final, more precise reading, raise the tape again. Approximately two inch-
es before the tape is expected to latch, raise the tape very slowly until it latches.
5. While supporting the weight of the tape, record the liquid level measurement.
6. Check the ambient temperature where the agent cylinders are stored and record the tem-
perature.
7. Refer to the appropriate calibration charts (Figure 5-2 through Figure 5-5) and locate the
level reading on the flexible tape scale. Trace horizontally to the right to the appropriate
temperature plot. Read the weight of agent from the scale at the bottom of the chart. Re-
cord the weight and date on the record tag attached to the cylinder.
8. After the reading is taken, carefully push the tape down into the liquid level housing. Re-
place the protective cap.
Note: If the weight measured using the liquid level indicator indicates the cylinder should be
recharged, it is recommended that the cylinder first be removed from service and the
weight loss verified using a weigh scale before recharging.
All agent cylinders must be filled or recharged by weight using a platform scale or equivalent.
If weight loss is more than 5% per year of the agent charge, the unit must be recharged.
CAP
GRADUATED TAPE
P/N WK-283894-000
SHOWN IN MAGNETIC
READING TAKEN AT TOP INTERLOCK POSITION
EDGE OF FITTING READY TO TAKE READING.
O-RING
BRASS TUBE
TAPE INSIDE
BRASS TUBE AGENT
CYLINDER
AGENT LEVEL
MAGNETIC END OF
TAPE ENGAGES
IN MAGNETIC FIELD
OF FLOAT WHEN
TAPE IS PULLED
UP TO TAKE READING.
MAGNET EMBEDDED
IN FLOAT.
FLOAT - FLOATS ON SURFACE
OF AGENT.
FREE TO MOVE UP OR DOWN
OUTSIDE OF BRASS TUBE.
RETAINER - FLOAT RESTS

HERE WHEN CYLINER
IS EMPTY.
Figure 5-1. Liquid Level Indicator
06-237256-001 5-5 July 2014

Maintenance
LLI Chart
200 lb. Cylinder
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
LLI Reading (in.)
16
15 130 F
14
70 F
13
12 0F
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
85 105 125 145 165 185
Agent Weight (lb.)
Figure 5-2. LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb. Cylinder
LLI Chart
350 lb. Cylinder
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
LLI Reading (in.)
14
13 130 F
12 70 F
11 0F
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 310 330 350
Agent Weight (lb.)
July 2014 5-6 06-237256-001

Maintenance
LLI Chart
600 lb. Cylinder
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
LLI Reading (in.)
15
14 130 F
13
70 F
12
0F
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
250 270 290 310 330 350 370 390 410 430 450 470 490 510 530 550 570 590 610
Agent Weight (lb.)
LLI Chart
900 lb. Cylinder
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
LLI Reading (in.)
16
15 130 F
14 70 F
13 0F
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
390 410 430 450 470 490 510 530 550 570 590 610 630 650 670 690 710 730 750 770 790 810 830 850 870 890 910
Agent Weight (lb.)
06-237256-001 5-7 July 2014

Maintenance
5-4.3.4 Weighing Cylinders without Using the Liquid Level Indicator

Weigh the agent cylinders as follows:
Install protection cap on agent cylinder valve actuation port and safety cap on
cylinder valve outlet port. Disconnect system actuation assembly, discharge
WARNING hoses and flexible pilot hoses to prevent accidental system discharge and
possible personal injury.
1. Remove cylinder(s) as instructed in Paragraph 5-6.

2. Place the cylinder on a scale.
3. Record the weight and date on the record card and attach it to the agent cylinder. The gross
weight and tare (empty) weight are metal stamped on the agent cylinder valve label.
Therefore, subtract tare weight from the gross weight to determine net weight of original
charge. Then, subtract tare weight from scale reading to determine net weight of the agent
remaining in the agent cylinder. If the recorded agent net weight is less than 95% of orig-
inal charge net weight, replace the cylinder with a fully charged agent cylinder (refer to
Paragraph 5-6).
4. If the cylinder weight meets requirements, reinstall the cylinder (see Paragraph 5-7).
5-4.4 2 Year
5-4.4.1 Blow Out Distribution Piping
Do not use water or oxygen to blow out pipe lines. Using oxygen is especially
WARNING dangerous since even a minute amount of oil may cause an explosion.
1. Remove any nozzles from piping to allow any foreign matter to blow clear.
2. Remove all pressure operated control heads from cylinders.
Do not disconnect a pressure operated control head from a flexible discharge

hose. Accidental discharge of system will cause the flexible hose, without
WARNING control head attached, to whip around, resulting in possibly severe personal
injury and equipment damage.
3. Open the control valves and keep them open long enough to ensure the pipes are clean.
4. Blow out all distribution piping with air or nitrogen to ensure that it is not obstructed.
5. Reinstall the nozzles in their original locations.
6. Reconnect all control heads.
July 2014 5-8 06-237256-001

Maintenance
5-4.5 5 Year
5-4.5.1 Inspection and Retest Procedures for Agent or Nitrogen Cylinders

A cylinder that is damaged or corroded should be emptied, retested and restamped in
accordance with DOT Regulatory Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209 (see Paragraph 5-5.3).
Note: These guidelines do not apply to cylinders containing commodities other than the agent.
All agent cylinders are designed, fabricated, and factory tested in compliance with DOT CFR
4BW500 as stamped on each cylinder. All Nitrogen Driver cylinders are designed, fabricated,
and factory tested in compliance with DOT CFR 3AA as stamped on each cylinder.
Two sets of regulations apply to periodic inspection and test procedures depending on the
following:
5-4.5.1.1 Cylinders Continuously in Service Without Discharge

These cylinders are governed by NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 regulations. Cylinders in continuous
service without discharge require a complete external visual inspection every five years in
accordance with Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet C-6, Section 3, except that the
cylinders need not be emptied or stamped while under pressure. Record date of inspection on
record tag attached to each cylinder. Where the visual inspection shows damage or corrosion,
the cylinder shall be emptied, retested and restamped in accordance with DOT Regulatory
Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209.
5-4.5.1.2 Discharged Cylinders or Charged Cylinders that are Transported

These cylinders may come under NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 requirements, or, in the case of
shipment of charged cylinders, DOT, federal or state regulations may apply. In either case, the
cylinders shall not be charged and shipped if more than five years have elapsed from the date
of the last test date stamped on the cylinder. The cylinders shall be retested and restamped in
accordance with DOT Regulatory Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209.
5-4.5.2 Retest
DOT 3AA Nitrogen Driver cylinders and DOT 4BW500 agent cylinders used exclusively in the
agent service that are commercially free from corroding components are required to be
hydrostatically retested and restamped every five years, in accordance with DOT Regulatory
Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209 prior to recharge and shipment. An alternate option is an
external visual inspection performed in lieu of the hydrostatic test at the time the periodic
retest becomes due (in accordance with CFR Paragraph 180.209). Therefore, the retest can be
performed by either of the following methods:
Table 5-2. Retest Schedule

Retest Method First Retest Subsequent Special Marking
Due Retest Due
Full hydrostatic test including determination of 5 years 5 years Retest Date Month/Year
cylinder expansion
External visual inspection per DOT Regulatory 5 years 5 years Retest Date Followed by “E”
Compliance Guide, 49 CFR 180.209 and CGA
Pamphlet C-6, Section 3
Note: The valve must be rebuilt after each hydrostatic test.
5-4.5.3 Flexible Hoses

In accordance with NFPA 2001 Edition 2012 clause 7.3), all system hoses shall be examined
annually for damage. If visual examination shows any deficiency, the hose shall be replaced or
tested.
06-237256-001 5-9 July 2014

Maintenance
5-5 SERVICE
5-5.1 Cleaning
Remove dirt from metallic parts using a lint-free cloth moistened with dry cleaning solvent. Dry
parts with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth or air blow dry. Wipe non-metallic parts with clean, dry,
lint-free cloth. Remove corrosion with crocus cloth.
Note: If the system utilizes directional valves, verify that the mufflers and the bleed vent hole
at the end of the solenoid are not clogged. Air blow as required to allow for proper vent-
ing.
5-5.2 Nozzle Service

Service nozzles after use as follows:
1. Clean the outside of the nozzles with a rag or soft brush.
2. Examine the discharge orifices for damage or blockage. If the nozzles appear to be ob-
structed, unscrew the nozzles and clean by immersing them in cleaning solvent. Dry with
lint-free cloth. Replace damaged nozzles. Nozzles must be replaced with the same part
number in the same location. See Paragraph 4-2.3.5 for the correct nozzle placement and
orientation.
5-5.3 Repairs
Replace all damaged parts found during inspection. Replacement procedures for Kidde ECS
ADS Series cylinders are provided below. Since replacement for other system components are
similar, refer to installation drawings and Kidde ECS ADS Series assembly drawings for
guidance.
Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinders must be refilled or replaced when a cylinder indicates a loss in
weight in excess of 5% of the original charged net weight, or immediately after discharge.
5-6 REMOVING AN AGENT CYLINDER AND NITROGEN DRIVER

Remove an agent cylinder as follows:
Do not disconnect the flexible discharge hose or valve outlet adapter prior to
removing a pressure-operated or electric control head from a nitrogen driver
WARNING cylinder. Before replacing a Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinder in a hazard area
group, ensure the pilot line is completely vented of all pressure.
5-6.1 Single Cylinder System

1. Disconnect the swivel nut on the control head from the cylinder valve actuation port. Re-
move the control head from the driver cylinder.
2. Install a protection cap on the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.
3. Disconnect the discharge head and transfer hose from the nitrogen hose from the nitrogen
driver cylinder.
4. Remove the valve outlet adapter, or loosen the swivel nut and remove the flexible dis-
charge hose from the discharge outlet port adapter from the agent cylinder.
5. Immediately install a safety cap on the cylinder valve outlet port.
6. Remove the cylinder strap. Remove the agent cylinder from the bracket. Weigh the cylinder
using a platform scale, if applicable.
July 2014 5-10 06-237256-001

Maintenance
5-6.2 Multiple Cylinder System

1. Remove all control head and discharge heads from the nitrogen driver cylinders. Immedi-
ately install the protection caps.
2. Disconnect the swivel nut on the pressure operated control heads from the agent cylinder
valve actuation ports. Leave the flexible actuation hose or tubing attached to the pressure
operated control heads.
3. Immediately install the protection cap on the agent cylinder valve actuation port and the
nitrogen driver actuation ports.
4. Loosen the swivel nut and remove the flexible discharge hose from the discharge outlet port
of the agent cylinders.
To prevent possible injury to personnel, each cylinder must have its safety cap
WARNING installed immediately upon disconnecting the discharge hose or valve adapter.
5. Immediately install the safety cap on the agent cylinder valve outlet port.
6. Remove attaching hardware or cylinder straps. Remove the cylinders from there bracket.
Weigh the cylinders using a platform scale, if applicable.
5-7 INSTALLING AN AGENT CYLINDER

Install agent cylinders as follows:
5-7.1 Single Cylinder System

1. Position the Kidde ECS ADS Series cylinders in the designated location. Secure in place with
cylinder straps or wall brackets and mounting hardware. Orient the cylinder with the valve
outlet angled toward the cylinder discharge piping (refer to installation drawings).

CAUTION before attaching to the cylinder valve outlet.
2. Remove the safety cap from the agent cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Immediately reconnect the valve outlet adapter or flexible discharge hose to the agent cyl-
inder outlet port and connect to system piping.
4. Remove the protection cap from the agent cylinder actuation port.
WARNING result in cylinder discharge when attempting to install the control head.
5. Install the pressure operated control head to the top of the agent cylinder valve.
6. Connect associated actuation hoses, transfer fittings, orifice fitting and transfer hose.
7. Connect transfer hose to discharge head.
8. Attach discharge head to nitrogen driver cylinder valve.
9. Install control head to nitrogen driver.
06-237256-001 5-11 July 2014

Maintenance
5-7.2 Multiple Cylinder System

1. Position the agent cylinders in designated location. Secure in place with cylinder straps or
wall brackets and mounting hardware. Orient the cylinders with the valve outlets angled
towards the cylinder discharge piping. (Refer to system installation drawings.)
Discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters must be connected into system piping
CAUTION (union connection) before attaching to cylinder valves.
2. Remove the safety caps from the agent cylinder valve outlet ports.
3. Immediately reconnect flexible discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters to the cylinder
valve outlet ports. Connect all agent cylinders to system piping.
4. Remove the protection caps from all agent cylinder actuation ports and connect the pres-
sure operated control heads to the top of all the agent cylinder valves.
WARNING result in cylinder discharge when attempting to install the control head.
5. Install all pressure operated control heads with flexible actuation hoses or tubing on the
agent cylinder valve actuation ports. Tighten the swivel nuts.
6. Connect all associated actuation hoses, transfer fittings, orifice fittings and transfer hoses.
7. Connect the discharge heads to the transfer hoses.
8. Reinstall all pressure operated control heads with flexible actuation hoses or tubing on all
the nitrogen driver cylinders (refer to Paragraph 4-2.5.5 for the 200 and 350 lb. cylinders;
refer to Paragraph 4-2.6.5 for the 600 and 900 lb. cylinders).
9. Connect the discharge heads to the nitrogen driver cylinders.
10. Connect the control head to the actuation port of the master nitrogen driver cylinder.
5-7.3 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders

1. Install nitrogen cylinder in mounting bracket. Rotate cylinder until valve outlet is in desired
position.
2. Tighten mounting bracket strap.
3. Remove pipe plug and connect adapter (Part No. WK-699205-010) to cylinder valve outlet
port. Attach flexible actuation hose to outlet port adapter.
4. Remove protection cap from cylinder valve control head port.
Ensure the control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the
fully retracted or SET position) before attaching it to the cylinder valve.
IF THE CONTROL HEAD IS IN THE ACTUATED POSITION, THE CYLINDER VALVE
WARNING WILL DISCHARGE ON ATTEMPTING TO PLACE THE CONTROL HEAD ON THE
VALVE ACTUATION PORT.
5. Install control head to cylinder valve.

6. Tighten the control head to the valve. Tightening the control head to the valve requires that
a wrench be used to hold the valve while the control head hex nut is tightened. The outlet
fitting (1/8 NPT to 5/16 tube connector) must be removed to expose the two flats on the
valve body (new cylinders are supplied with plastic shipping plug in this outlet).
July 2014 5-12 06-237256-001

Maintenance
7. Both the valve body and the control head hex nut are 1-1/2” across the flats. Hold the valve
body using a 1-1/2” wrench (preferred) or a suitable smooth jawed adjustable wrench.
8. Position the control head in the desired orientation and hand tighten the hex-nut. Using a
torque wrench1 fitted with a 1-1/2” crowfoot wrench, tighten to a minimum torque of 60
ft. lb.2.
9. Reinstall outlet fitting and connect to system hose, tubing or pipe (as appropriate).
1 Recommended 10-100 ft. lb. 1/2” drive torque wrench. Other ranges are acceptable pro-
vided 40-60 ft. lb. is within optimum tolerance for the tool.
2 Set wrench to a minimum setting of 55 ft. lb. (most styles of crowfoot will increase the
actual torque value by approximately 10% since a typical 1-1/2” crowfoot wrench has a
center-to-center dimension of 2”. Actual minimum torque value is 60 ft. lb. Calculate effect
of crowfoot using tool manufacturer’s data.
5-8 REPLACING THE NITROGEN DRIVER PRESSURE GAUGE

Kidde Fire Systems offers two options for nitrogen driver pressure gauges. P/N: 06-118328-
001and P/N: 06118253-001. Follow these instructions to replace these gauges:
Nitrogen drive cylinders must be empty before replacing the pressure gauge.
Failure to empty the cylinder will result in cylinder discharge when attempting
WARNING to replace the gauge, resulting in possible personal injury, death, or property
damage.
1. Make sure the nitrogen drive cylinder is empty.

2. For en.Gauge supervised pressure gauge, disconnect the gauge from the control panel.
3. Unscrew the gauge from the nitrogen drive cylinder.
4. Apply Teflon tape to the male threads of the new pressure gauge excluding the first two
threads.
5. Screw the new gauge into the nitrogen drive cylinder, ensuring that the green area of the
gauge readout is in the 12 o’clock position.
6. Recharge the cylinder as specified in Section 6-4.3 and return the drive cylinder to service.
If applicable, reconnect the supervised pressure gauge to the control panel.
06-237256-001 5-13 July 2014

Maintenance
July 2014 5-14 06-237256-001

Post-Discharge Maintenance
CHAPTER 6
POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE
6-1 INTRODUCTION
Follow these procedures after the system has been activated and discharged 3M™ Novec™
1230 Fire Protection Fluid (herein refer to as “agent”).
6-2 POST-FIRE MAINTENANCE
6-2.1 Agent Valve Inspection and Service

Some components in the agent valve assembly will need to be inspected and serviced before
recharging the cylinder/valve assembly. All O-rings must be replaced whenever a valve is
disassembled. Part numbers for items which may require replacement are listed in Table 6-1.
Inspect and service the agent valve as follows:
6-2.1.1 Agent Discharge Valve Disassembly (2” Valve)
Before removing the valve, make certain all pressure has been relieved from the
cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, make sure the cylinder is secure,
WARNING then depress the pressure switch Schrader valve until all pressure is relieved.
1. Remove the valve with the siphon tube from the cylinder.
2. Remove the cylinder neck O-ring (Item 4 in Figure 6-1) and discard the O-ring.
3. Remove the valve cap, spring and piston assembly.
Note: Remove all internal components of the agent valve from the top of the assembly. How-
ever, if there is excessive friction at the piston O-ring, the siphon tube may have to be
removed and the piston assembly pushed out the valve body from the bottom.
4. Remove the valve cap O-ring (Item 1) and piston O-ring (Item 2). Discard the O-rings.
5. Remove the seat retainer from the piston by first unscrewing the 4 cap screws, followed by
the hex nut.
6. Remove the seat O-ring (Item 3) and discard the O-ring.
7. Examine the Schrader valve core pin (Item 5) for any evidence of bending or other damage.
Depress the pin and make certain it snaps back freely. Replace the valve core if necessary
using a standard Schrader core wrench. When reinstalling a new Schrader core element,
torque to 1½ to 3 in.-lbf (169 to 339 mN-m).
After reinstalling a Schrader core, the distance from the top of the core pin to
the control head seating surface must be between 0.515 to 0.565 inch (13 mm
CAUTION to 14 mm) when in the shut or non-actuated position. See the Gauging Distance
in Figure 6-1.
8. Check the piston assembly for any scratches, gouging, or deformation. If present, replace
the parts as necessary.
06-237256-001 6-1 July 2014

6-2.1.2 Agent Discharge Valve Assembly (2” Valve)

Note: Replace O-rings when assembling the valve. Never reuse old O-rings.
1. Apply lubricant to the Piston O-ring (Item 2 in Figure 6-1) (see Table 6-2 for lubricant ref-
erences). Install the Piston O-ring and the Back-up ring (Item 2 and Item 6) in the piston
groove (See Figure 6-2).
Make certain that the Teflon backup ring is below this O-ring as shown in
CAUTION Figure 6-2.
2. Apply lubricant to the Seat O-ring (Item 3) and install the O-ring onto the seat retainer.
(See Figure 6-3)
3. Place the piston retainer back into the piston. Secure the retainer with the 4 cap screws.
Torque the cap screws to 85-90 in-lbs (9-10 N-m).
4. Screw the hex nut onto the piston and torque to 30-35 ft-lbs (41-47 N-m).
5. Ensure the Seat O-ring protrudes a minimum of 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) above the conical seat-
ing surface of the piston.
6. Press the piston back into the valve body.
7. Install the spring.
8. Apply lubricant to the Cap O-ring (Item 1). Install the Cap O-ring onto the groove in the
valve cap.
9. Screw the valve cap onto the valve body and torque to 50-55 ft-lbs (68-75 N-m).
10. If you had to remove the siphon tube for valve disassembly, wire brush the siphon tube
threads to remove the old Loctite® residue.
11. Apply a film of Loctite primer to the siphon tube threads and allow three to five minutes to
dry (see Table 6-2 for Loctite references).
12. Apply a film of Loctite sealant to the threads and reinstall the siphon tube.
13. Apply lubricant to the Neck O-ring (Item 4). Install the Neck O-ring onto the valve neck
groove.
14. Screw the valve and siphon tube onto the cylinder, and torque to 50 to 55 ft-lb (68 to 75
N-m).
July 2014 6-2 06-237256-001

Gauging Dimension:
.515 - .565 in. Valve Core
Valve Cap
Cap O-ring
Spring
Piston Piston O-ring
Back-up Ring
Seat Retainer
Hex Nut
Cap Screw
Seat O-ring
Safety Cap
Neck O-ring
Siphon Tube
Figure 6-1. Valve Assembly
Table 6-1. Valve Components

Figure Item No. Description 200 to 350 lb. Cylinders
1 O-ring, cap WK-566102-300
2 O-ring, piston WK-566103-300
3 O-ring, seat WK-566103-260
4 O-ring, neck WK-566103-350
5 Schrader core WK-220278-000
6 Back-up ring WK-554003-300
Piston O-ring
Teflon Back-up Ring
Figure 6-2. O-Ring, Piston
Table 6-2. Other Valve Components

Other Materials Description
Lubricant Parker Seal Co. Super-O-Lube or equivalent
Loctite Sealant Loctite Corp. Sealant, Grade CV or equivalent
Locquic ®
Primer Loctite Corp. Primer, Grade N or equivalent
06-237256-001 6-3 July 2014

Hex Nut
Piston
Seat O-ring
Seat Retainer
Cap Screws
Figure 6-3. 2” Valve Piston Exploded View
6-2.1.3 Agent Discharge Valve Disassembly (3” Valve)

Note: Refer to Figure 6-4 and Table 6-3 for items.
1. Remove the valve with the siphon tube from the cylinder.
2. Remove the cylinder neck O-ring and discard it.
3. Remove the valve cap, spring, and piston assembly.
Note: Remove all internal components of the agent valve from the top of the assembly. How-
ever, if there is excessive friction at the piston O-ring friction, the siphon tube may have
to be removed and the piston assembly pressed out from the bottom.
4. Remove the valve cap O-ring and piston O-ring. Discard both O-rings.
5. Remove the seat retainer from the piston assembly.
6. Remove and discard the seat O-ring.
7. Examine the pilot check for any evidence of bending or other damage. Depress the check
and make certain it snaps back freely. Replace pilot check if necessary
(See Section 6-2.1.3.1).
Valve Cap
Pilot Check
WK-923066-000
Pilot Check Spring
WF-230640-000
Piston O-Ring
Valve Cap O-Ring WK-566103-370
WK-566102-410 Back-Up Teflon Ring
Spring WK-554003-400
Piston
Retainer O-Ring
WK-566103-400
Safety Cap
Refill Part
(½ inch NPT Thread)
Neck O-Ring Retainer

WK-566103-470 06-235924-001
Inner Piston O-Ring

WK-566101-170
Figure 6-4. 3” Valve Assembly
July 2014 6-4 06-237256-001

Table 6-3. 3” Valve Components
Description Part Number
O-ring, Cap WK-566102-410

O-ring, Piston WK-566103-370
O-ring, Seat WK-566103-400
O-ring, Neck WK-566103-470
Pilot Check Assembly WK-923066-000
Back-up Ring WK-554003-400
6-2.1.3.1 Replacing 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check

Note: Refer to Figure 6-5 for items.
1. Remove the valve cap.
2. Using retaining ring pliers, remove the retaining ring holding the pilot check, spring, and
disk in place. Save the retaining ring.
3. Remove the disk, spring, and pilot check. Save the disk.
4. Install the new pilot check and new spring.
5. Place the disk in and hold the assembly in place with the retaining ring.
6. Make sure the pilot check moves freely.
Valve Cap
Pilot Check
Spring
Disk
Retaining Ring
Figure 6-5. 3-Inch Valve Pilot Check Assembly
06-237256-001 6-5 July 2014

6-2.1.4 Agent Discharge Valve Assembly (3” Valve)

Note: Replace O-rings when assembling the valve. Never reuse old O-rings. Refer to
Figure 6-4 and Table 6-3.
1. Apply lubricant to the Piston O-ring (see Table 6-2 for lubricant references). Install the Pis-
ton O-ring and the Back-up ring in the piston groove (See Figure 6-6).
Make certain that the Teflon® back-up ring is below the O-ring as shown in
CAUTION Figure 6-6.
Piston O-ring
Teflon Back-up Ring
Figure 6-6. O-Ring, Piston

2. Apply lubricant to the seat O-ring and install the O-ring onto the seat retainer.
3. Place the piston retainer back into the piston.
4. Ensure that the seat O-ring protrudes a minimum of 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) above the conical
seating surface of the piston assembly.
5. Secure the retainer with the hex nut and torque to 30-35 ft-lbs.
6. Press the piston back into the valve body.
8. Apply lubricant to the Cap O-ring. Install the Cap O-ring onto the groove in the valve cap.
9. Screw the valve cap onto the valve body and torque to 50-55 ft-lbs (68-75 N-m).
10. If the siphon tube had to be removed for valve disassembly, wire brush the siphon tube
threads to remove the old Loctite residue.
11. Apply a film of Loctite primer to the siphon tube threads and allow 3-5 minutes to dry (see
Table 6-2 for Loctite references).
12. Apply a film of Loctite sealant to the threads and reinstall the siphon tube.
13. Apply lubricant to the Neck O-ring. Install the Neck O-ring onto the valve neck groove.
14. Install the O-ring onto the valve neck groove, screw the valve and siphon tube onto the
cylinder, and torque to 50 to 55 ft-lb (68 to 75 N-m).
July 2014 6-6 06-237256-001

6-2.1.5 Safety Disc Replacement
Whenever the valve is rebuilt, the Safety Disc Assembly must be replaced.
CAUTION
Before removing the Safety Burst Disc Assembly, make sure that all pressure
has been relieved from the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, restrain
WARNING the cylinder and depress the pressure check in the Supervisory Pressure Switch.
1. Remove and discard the safety burst disc assembly (see Figure 6-7 and Figure 6-8).
2. Apply lubricant to the packing O-ring of the new safety burst disc assembly.
3. Install the new safety disc assembly to the cylinder. Torque to the appropriate value listed
in Table 6-4.
Install only the type of safety burst disc assembly specified in Table 6-4 for the
corresponding cylinder size. Installation of an incorrect safety burst disc
WARNING assembly could result in a violent rupture of the cylinder and cause death,
serious injury and/or property damage.
Packing O-ring
Figure 6-7. 2” Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly
Packing O-ring
Figure 6-8. 3” Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly
Table 6-4. Safety Disc Replacement Table
Safety Disc Assembly

Torque PSIG @ 70°F Cylinder Size
P/N
85-150100-000 90 ft lb 800-975 200 and 350 lb.
85-170100-000 90 ft lb 800-975 600 and 900 lb.
06-237256-001 6-7 July 2014

6-2.2 Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Inspection and Services

Inspect and service the nitrogen I-Valve as follows:
Note: After every discharge, certain components in the nitrogen I-Valve assembly will have
to be serviced and inspected before recharging the driver/valve Assembly. Part num-
bers for items which may require replacement are listed in Table 6-5.
6-2.2.1 I-Valve Disassembly

Note: Refer to Figure 6-9 and Table 6-5.
Before disassembly of valve, relieve all pressure from the cylinder. Contents
WARNING under pressure can cause personal injury or property damage.
1. Remove valve seat (P/N WK-202490-000).

2. Remove copper sealing gasket (P/N WK-326420-000).
3. Remove main check assembly and spring (P/Ns WK-800760-000 and WK-326410-000).
4. Remove sleeve retainer, brass sleeve and pilot check assembly (P/Ns WK-202804-000,
WK-202805-000, and WK-923066-000, respectively).
5. Remove the main check and pilot check assemblies.
COPPER GASKET
WK-326420-000
VALVE SEAT - WK-202490-000
VALVE BODY MAIN CHECK - WK-800760-000

WK-270403-000
2.50-14 NS-3
SLEEVE RETAINER (FOR DISCHARGE
WK-202804-000 HEAD CONNECTION)
SPRING - WK-326410-000
5.44" DISC RETAINER
PILOT CHECK WK-220034-000 (WHITE)
WK-923066-000 WK-295500-000 (WHITE)
SAFETY DISC - WK-903684-000 (WHITE)
1.25-18 NS-3 AND WASHER
(FOR CONTROL WASHER- WK-2945000-000
HEAD CONNECTION)
SLEEVE
TYPICAL
WK-202805-000
CYLINDER
Figure 6-9. 5/8-inch I-Valve for Nitrogen Driver
Table 6-5. I-Valve Components
Part Number Description Qty.
WK-923066-000 Pilot Check Assembly 1

WK-202805-000 Brass Sleeve 1
WK-202804-000 Sleeve Retainer 1
WK-326410-000 Spring 1
WK-800760-000 Main Check Assembly – 5/8” I-Valve 1
WK-326420-000 Copper Gasket 1
WK-202490-000 Valve Seat 1
WK-368200-000 Safety Disc (white) 1
WK-294500-000 Washer 1
July 2014 6-8 06-237256-001

6-2.2.2 Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Assembly

After each part has been inspected, assemble the valve in the following order:
1. Install the new pilot check assembly.
2. Install the brass sleeve.
3. Install the sleeve retainer.
Note: The main check assembly is installed with the rubber seat facing up. The copper sealing
gasket MUST be replaced when the valve seat is removed. Refer to Figure 6-9.
5. Install the new main check assembly.
6. Install the new copper gasket (rounded side up). Apply a lubricant to the gasket before re-
placing.
7. Install the valve seat. Torque to 150 ± 15 ft-lbf (203 ± 20 N-m).
6-2.2.3 Nitrogen Driver Safety Disc Replacement

1. Remove the safety disc retainer nut, safety disc, and safety disc washer from the valve
body.
2. Assemble the new safety disc retainer nut, new safety disc, and new safety disc washer to
the valve body. Refer to Table 6-6 for torque valves.
Install only the type of safety burst disc that is specified for the nitrogen
cylinder. Installation of an incorrect safety burst disc assembly could result in
WARNING a violent rupture of the cylinder and cause death, serious injury and/or
property damage.
Never reinstall a used safety disc or washer. Once the safety disc retaining nut,
washer, and safety disc have been removed they must be replaced with new
WARNING parts.
Table 6-6. Safety Disc Replacements for the I-Valve
Safety Disc and Safety Disc Retainer

Nitrogen Driver Size Torque Value PSIG at 70°F
Washer P/N Nut P/N
2300 through 4890 cu. in. 81-902048-000 WK-220034-000 350 ± 35 in. lb. 2900-3250
06-237256-001 6-9 July 2014

6-2.2.4 Plain Nut Discharge Head Inspection and Service

Note: After every discharge, certain components in the discharge head assembly must be in-
spected and serviced before recommissioning the nitrogen driver cylinder. Part num-
bers for the items which may require replacement are listed in Table 6-7.
1. Remove top cap using a suitable wrench.
2. Inspect packing O-ring (P/N WF-209180-000). Replace O-ring if there is any sign of dam-
age or deterioration.
3. Lubricate packing O-ring and reinstall top cap. Tighten to 25 to 50 ft-lbf (35 to 70 N-m).
4. Examine inner and outer O-ring (P/N WF-242466-000 and WF-242467-000 respectively)
located concentrically on the bottom of the discharge head body.
5. Apply lubricant to both O-rings prior to attaching to I-valve (refer to Table 6-2 for lubricant
recommendations).
3.81"
(97 mm)
PISTON
BALL
RETAINER
STOP
CHECK BALL
CHECK
SPRING
3.94"
(100 mm) DISCHARGE
OUTLET
SET 3/4" NPS

POSITION
2 1/2 - 14N-3
OPERATED
POSITION
OUTER O-RING
P/N WF-242466-000
SWIVEL NUT
(FOR CONNECTION INNER 0-RING
TO CYLINDER VALVE) P/N WF-242467-000
STEM
Figure 6-10. Plain Nut Discharge Head
Table 6-7. Plain Nut Discharge Head Replacement Part Numbers
Part Number Description Qty.
WF-242466-000 Outer Packing O-Ring 1

WF-242467-000 Inner Packing O-Ring 1
WF-209180-000 Packing O-Ring, Top Cap 1
July 2014 6-10 06-237256-001

6-2.3 3/4-Inch Check Diffuser Inspection and Service

Inspect and service the 3/4-inch check diffuser as follows:
Note: After every discharge, certain components in the check diffuser must be inspected and
serviced before recharging the cylinder and valve assembly. Part numbers for items
which may require replacement are listed in Table 6-8.
6-2.3.1 3/4-inch Check Diffuser Disassembly

(Refer to Figure 6-11 and Table 6-8)
Before disassembly of check diffuser, make certain all pressure has been
relieved from the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, depress the
WARNING pressure switch Schrader valve until all pressure is relieved.
1. Remove valve seat (P/N 06-235930-001).

2. Remove and discard copper gasket (P/N 326420).
Note: Never reuse the copper gasket.
3. Remove cup check assembly (P/N 06-129860-001).
4. Remove spring (P/N 06-118172-001).
5. Examine rubber portions of cup check assembly and O-ring (P/N WK-566109-100). If any
nicks, chips or dirt is found, the parts should be replaced and/or cleaned before the cylinder
and valve assembly is recharged.
6-2.3.2 3/4-inch check diffuser assembly

After each part has been inspected, assemble the valve in the following order.
1. Spring (P/N 06-118172-001).
2. Cup check assembly (P/N 06-129860-001).
3. Gasket (rounded side up). Apply lubricant to new copper gasket before installing.
4. Valve seat, torque to 150 ± 15 ft-lbf (203 ± 20 N-m).
Note: The main check assembly is installed with the rubber seat facing up.
The copper sealing gasket MUST be replaced when the valve seat is removed.
06-237256-001 6-11 July 2014

VALVE SEAT
P/N 06-235930-001
COPPER GASKET
CUP CHECK ASSEMBLY P/N WK-326420-000
P/N 06-129860-001
SPRING
RETAINING RING
SPRING SEAT
O-RING
P/N WK-566109-100
3/4” CHECK
DIFFUSER BODY
Figure 6-11. 3/4-inch Check Diffuser
Table 6-8. Replacement Parts for Post-Discharge Maintenance
Description Part Number Qty.
Valve Seat 06-235930-001 1

Cup Check Assembly 06-129860-001 1
Copper Gasket WK-326420-000 1
O-Ring WK-566109-100 1
July 2014 6-12 06-237256-001

6-3 RECHARGING AGENT CYLINDERS
The agent cylinders may require retest before recharging (see

Paragraph 5-4.5.1 for details on cylinder retest). FM Approval is based upon the
CAUTION usage of factory filled agent cylinders.
Under no circumstances while performing either cylinder recharge or leak

test, should a charged cylinder be allowed to stand freely without either the
charging apparatus attached or the safety cap installed. Whenever these
devices are not installed, a charged cylinder must be securely clamped to a
WARNING rigid structure capable of sustaining the full thrust that would result should
the valve inadvertently open. The clamping device and supports must be
capable of withstanding a thrust force of 1800 lbf (8000 N), the
approximate thrust force generated on discharge through an open valve
Agent charging equipment consists of an agent storage cylinder, piping adapter, control valves,
strainer, pressure gauge, flexible hoses, seating adapter, recharge adapter, pump, regulated
nitrogen supply, scale and interconnecting plumbing. Recharge equipment must be suitable for
the purpose intended and must be compatible with the agent. A typical agent charging system
schematic is shown in Figure 6-12.
Note: During recharge, the cylinder pressure gauge is not to be used to determine
charging pressure.
Locate the charging equipment in a clean, well-ventilated area near the agent supply
and cylinder storage. There should be sufficient room for moving the cylinders to and
from the charging equipment.
06-237256-001 6-13 July 2014

R
12 P 8 7
Flex Hose
11 22 N2
15
19
20 23 6
16
2 Flex Hose 21
18 17
14
Agent Cylinder
Supply Container 13
4
3
1
9 Scale 5
10
Figure 6-12. Typical Agent Charging System Schematic
Table 6-9. Typical Agent Charging System Schematic
Item Description Item Description
1 Agent Supply Container 13 Check Valve

2 Drierite Filter 14 Ball Valve
3 Container Supply Valve 15 Check Valve
4 Cylinder 16 Ball Valve
5 Scale 17 Recharge Adapter
6 Nitrogen Cylinder 18 Ball Valve
7 Ball Valve 19 Vent Valve
8 Regulator 20 Vent Valve
9 Ball Valve 21 Seating Adapter
10 Pump 22 Ball Valve
11 Ball Valve 23 Vent Valve
12 Master Pressure Gauge
6-3.1 Charging Equipment Installation

Before assembling the charging equipment, apply Permacel No. 412D Teflon® tape to all
pipe threads.
July 2014 6-14 06-237256-001

6-3.2 Charging Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly

Recharge agent cylinder and valve assembly as follows (see Figure 6-12 and Table 6-9):
Only qualified, designated personnel should operate the charging

equipment. Exercise extreme care when working with pressure equipment
to prevent injury to people and damage to property, resulting from careless
handling or possible equipment failure. Perform all operations in an
WARNING assigned area cleared of all unauthorized personnel. Make sure all
equipment is properly secured. Never attempt to adjust or disassemble
pressurized equipment.
1. Check the cylinder for the last hydrostatic test date prior to charging. Perform any required
DOT hydrostatic tests (see Paragraph 6-2.5).
2. Check the cylinder valve assembly for any unacceptable physical defects (for example,
cracks of any kind, elongated pits of any length, inclusions of any size, pitting, bulging,
dents, corrosion, fire damage, mechanical defects, scratches, nicks or gouges if more than
superficial in nature). These defects shall be cause for rejection.
3. Weigh the cylinder and valve assembly to verify the quantity of agent in the cylinder. En-
sure that no more than 10 PSIG (0.7 bar gauge) of nitrogen is in cylinder before beginning
the fill procedures.
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (agent)) is a colorless and odorless
liquid with a boiling point of 120 °F (48.9 °C). When discharged into air the
agent liquid evaporates to form vapor-air mixtures that are very effective for
extinguishing fires when used at or above the minimum recommended agent
design concentrations, or MDC. The MDC for most applications is usually less
CAUTION than the NOAEL of agent vapor, which is 10 vol. %. As stated in NFPA 2001,
unnecessary exposure of personnel to halocarbon clean agent vapors at
concentrations up to the NOAEL, shall be avoided. In the event of accidental
discharge into occupied spaces means shall be provided to limit personnel
exposure to agent vapors to no longer than five (5) minutes.
Note: Drierite filter (Item 2) should be installed on agent supply container (Item 1) prior to
beginning filling. Drierite filters are designed to remove moisture from the air to prevent
contamination of fluid.
4. Connect the agent supply line to the agent supply cylinder valve (Item 3). Close all valves
in the charging system.
5. Open the supply valves (Items 3, 9, and 14). Start the pump (Item 10), then crack the vent
valve (Item 20) until agent is present. Close vent valve (Item 20) and shut off pump (Item
10).
6. Position the agent cylinder and valve assembly (Item 4) (with safety cap and pilot actuation
port protection cap in place and properly connected) on a weigh scale (Item 5). Record the
weight from the scale. The empty weight of the cylinder and valve assembly must be
stamped on the cylinder valve nameplate.
7. Remove the safety cap and immediately connect the cylinder assembly into the charging
system by assembling the recharge adapter (Item 17) with O-ring packing to the cylinder
assembly outlet port.
Note: The main piston in the cylinder valve assembly will unseat, permitting flow into the as-
sembly when a 10 PSIG (0.7 bar gauge) differential (approximate) exists at the outlet
port. Initial valve assembly seating occurs with pressure equalization. Final valve as-
sembly seating occurs with removal of pressure from valve assembly outlet port and
06-237256-001 6-15 July 2014

subsequent momentary application of 450 to 600 PSIG (31 to 41 bar gauge) of nitrogen
discussed below.
8. Open valve (Item 18) and start the pump (Item 10). Monitor the weigh scale (Item 5).
When the scale indicates the correct charge weight, shut off the pump (Item 10) and close
the supply valves (Item 18 and 14).
Note: The 360 PSIG (27.92 bar gauge) pressure applies to the filling procedure with nitrogen
and agent at 70 ± 10 °F (21 ± -12 °C). When the temperature is other than 70 °F (21
°C), refer to Table 6-10 for required total pressure. Do not fill agent cylinders at tem-
peratures below 60 °F (16 °C) or above 90 °F (27 °C).
Table 6-10. Pressure vs. Temperature
Pressure versus Temperature
Temperature Pressure
60 °F 15.6 °C 340 PSIG 23.5 bar gauge

70 °F 21.1 °C 360 PSIG 24.8 bar gauge
80 °F 26.7 °C 381 PSIG 26.3 bar gauge
90 °F 32.2 °C 402 PSIG 27.7 bar gauge
Note: 360 PSIG + 20, - 0 PSIG, at 70 °F (25 bar gauge +1.4, -0 bar gauge at 21 °C) is the
final pressure required after the charged cylinder has had sufficient time to stabilize.
Additional nitrogen may be required to attain the 360 PSIG (25 bar gauge) after the
stabilization period has elapsed.
9. If nitrogen is required, open the hand-wheel valve on the nitrogen supply valve (Item 7),
nitrogen valve (Item 16), and valve (Item 11). Adjust the regulator (Item 8) until the mas-
ter pressure gauge (Item 12) shows a pressure indication of 360 PSIG + 20, -0 PSIG (25
bar gauge + 1.4, -0 bar gauge).
10. Open the hose control valve (Item 18) and let nitrogen flow into the cylinder until the mas-
ter pressure gauge indicates 360 PSIG (25 bar gauge). Cylinder agitation will assist with
the equilibrium of nitrogen and agent Addition of nitrogen may be necessary as the cylinder
equilibrates.
11. Close the hose control valve (Item 18). Remove the pilot actuation port protection cap and
assemble the seating adapter (Item 21) with the flexible hose to the cylinder valve actua-
tion port. Adjust the regulator to 450 to 600 PSIG. Open valve (Item 22) to momentarily
apply nitrogen pressure to the actuation port to firmly seat the cylinder valve piston.
12. While momentarily maintaining pressure on the actuation port, open vent valve (Item 19)
on the recharge adapter (Item 17) to rapidly vent agent from the valve assembly outlet
port. The sudden pressure decrease at the valve outlet will ensure the valve seat stays in
the closed position.
13. Leave vent valve (Item 19) open. Close valve (Item 22) and open valve (Item 23) to vent
nitrogen from the seating adapter.
Any hissing or discharge coming from vent valve (Item 19) indicates that the
piston is not sealed properly or has opened. If this occurs, close valve (Item 19)
CAUTION and repeat steps 12 and 13. Verify that the cylinder valve piston remains closed.
14. Keep vent valve (Item 19) open. Close valve (Item 23), and once again open valve (Item
22) to reapply nitrogen pressure to the actuation port. While momentarily maintaining
pressure on the actuation port, remove the recharge adapter (Item 17) from the cylinder
valve outlet port and immediately install the safety cap. Close the vent valve (Item 19).
July 2014 6-16 06-237256-001

Nitrogen pressure must be maintained on the actuation port while removing the
charging adapter and installing the safety cap to ensure that the cylinder valve
WARNING does not inadvertently actuate while the valve outlet port is wide open. Failure
to follow this could result in injury and damage to property.
15. Close the nitrogen supply valve (Item 7) and open vent valve (Item 23) to vent nitrogen
from the supply line.
16. Remove the seating adapter (Item 21) from the cylinder valve and reinstall the actuation
port protection cap. Close valves (Items 22 and 23).
17. Weigh the fully charged cylinder. The weight must agree with the weight stamped on
the cylinder valve nameplate. Record the date of recharge on the cylinder record tag.
18. Monitor the cylinder valve gauge. The gauge indicator must read 360 PSIG + 25, -0 PSIG
at 70°F (25 bar +1.7, -0 bar gauge at 21°C) after the stabilization period.
19. The cylinder is now ready for the leak test (refer to Paragraph 6-3.3).
The agent cylinders have been designed for a maximum fill density of 70 lb./ft³
(1121 kg/m³) and super pressurized with nitrogen to 360 PSIG + 20 PSIG at 70 °F
CAUTION (25 bar gauge +1.4, -0 bar gauge at 21 °C). It is important that these values not be
exceeded.
The pressure in the agent cylinder is significantly affected by fill density and temperature.
At elevated temperatures, the rate of increase in pressure is very sensitive to fill density.
If the maximum fill density is exceeded, the pressure will increase rapidly with tempera-
ture increase so as to present a hazard to personnel and property. Adherence to the limits
on fill density and pressurization levels will prevent excessively high pressures from oc-
curring if the agent cylinder is exposed to elevated temperature, minimizing the possibil-
ity of an inadvertent discharge of agent through the pressure relief device.
Note: To change the agent supply container (Item 1) close container valve (Items 3) and
valve (Item 9). Disconnect filling line from agent supply container. Position new agent
supply container in place. Connect filling line to the new agent supply container. Open
valves (Items 3 and 9).
06-237256-001 6-17 July 2014

6-3.3 Agent Cylinder Leak Test
Clamp agent cylinder securely in place. The clamping device and supports must
be capable of withstanding a thrust force of 1800 lbf (8000 N). This
WARNING approximates the thrust force generated out of the agent cylinder valve outlet
on a full, wide open discharge.
agent cylinder leak tests must be conducted in a well-ventilated area, away

from the charging station so as not to be influenced by extraneous agent vapors
released during the filling operations. Kidde recommends the Bacharach Model
CAUTION H-25C for the agent and the Bacharach Model H-25IR and Model LS-20 for the
agent for calibrating the leak detector.
1. Warm up the leak detector for 30 minutes before proceeding with Step 2.
2. Calibrate the detector against the LS-20 leak standard by holding the probe about 1/8-inch
(3 mm) away, and noting the meter deflection for the leakage allowance of the standard.
Maximum allowable leak rates are shown in Table 6-11.
Table 6-11. Maximum Permitted Leakage Rates
Part Number Cylinder Size Cylinder Fill Weight Maximum Allowable

Leakage
lb lb oz/yr
45-500201-001 200 100 to 200 1.81
45-500351-001 350 170 to 350 3.34
45-500601-001 600 300 to 600 5.74
45-500901-001 900 455 to 900 8.68
3. Remove the safety cap from the discharge outlet. Blow nitrogen on the surface where the
plug was removed.
4. Move probe back and forth slowly approximately 1/8-inch (3 mm) away from all potential
leak points (discharge outlet area, pilot check, valve bonnet, safety outlet, liquid level in-
dicator, valve-to-cylinder connections, gauge and container welds). If the meter deflections
are greater than those that occurred during calibration, the cylinder/valve assembly has
failed the leaked test.
5. Replace the safety cap immediately after the test.
6. If the assembly failed the leak test in Step 4, salvage the agent, perform the required main-
tenance on the container, and recharge.
7. After the leak test is complete, reassemble the protection cap to the actuation port of valve
assembly. Unclamp the cylinder.
July 2014 6-18 06-237256-001

6-4 NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDER SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
Any area in which nitrogen is used or stored must be properly ventilated. A

person working in an area where air has become enriched with nitrogen can
become unconscious without sensing the lack of oxygen. Remove victim to
WARNING fresh air. Administer artificial respiration if necessary and call a physician.
Never dispose of nitrogen in an indoor work or storage area.
6-4.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Hydrostatic Pressure Test

Hydrostatic test must be performed in accordance with DOT Regulatory Compliance Guide, 49
CFR 180.209. Nitrogen pilot cylinders must not be recharged and shipped without hydrostatic
test if more than five years has elapsed from the date of the last test. Nitrogen pilot cylinders
continuously in service without discharging can be retained in service for a maximum of five
years from the date of the last hydrostatic test. At the end of five years, the cylinder must be
visually inspected per CGA pamphlet C-6. Cylinders must also be hydrostatic pressure tested
immediately if the cylinder shows evidence of distortion, cracking, corrosion, or mechanical
and/or fire damage.
6-4.2 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Replacement
When removing a pressurized cylinder due to pressure loss, the control head
must be in the SET position with the safety pin installed. A control head in the
released position will cause the remaining contents of cylinder to discharge
WARNING resulting in a system activation which can cause death, personal injury and/or
property damage.
Replace the nitrogen pilot cylinder when expended or when loss of pressure occurs as follows:
1. Remove the control head from the nitrogen driver cylinder valve.
2. Immediately install the protection cap on the nitrogen pilot cylinder actuation port.
3. Remove discharge head from cylinder valve.
4. Remove 1-inch nitrogen transfer hose from the agent cylinder.
5. Remove clamps and hardware securing nitrogen pilot cylinder to the mounting bracket.
06-237256-001 6-19 July 2014

6-4.3 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Recharge

Nitrogen driver cylinders must be recharged when the cylinder pressure gauge indicates
pressure is 10% below normal (1800 PSIG at 70 °F [124 bar gauge at 21 °C] as adjusted for
temperature as shown in Figure 6-13) or immediately after discharge. Nitrogen used for
charging must comply with Federal Specification BB-N-411C, Grade A, Type 1. Copies of this
specification may be obtained from: http://global.ihs.com/
Before recharging, cylinder must be firmly secured by chains, clamps or other

devices to an immovable object such as a wall, structural I-beam or
WARNING permanently mounted holding rack. FM Approval is based upon the usage of
factory filled agent cylinders and nitrogen driver and storage cylinders.
Recharge nitrogen driver cylinders as follows:

2. Install the nitrogen driver cylinder recharge adapter (P/N WK-933537-000) to the cylinder
valve actuation port.
Note: The pressure gauge attached to the extinguishing system is not to be used to determine
when the intended charging pressure has been reached. A pressure regulator is to be
used when the pressure source is a tank of high-pressure gas per UL-2166.
3. Connect the nitrogen recharging supply hose to the adapter. Tighten securely.
4. Open the nitrogen recharging control valve slowly until full nitrogen flow is obtained.
5. Monitor the recharging supply pressure gauge. Close the charging control valve when the
gauge indicates proper cylinder pressure (1800 PSIG at 70°F [124 bar gauge at 21°C]) or
until the mass of nitrogen reaches the number referenced in the Table 6-12.
Table 6-12. Nitrogen Fill Weights
Part Number Description Fill Weight (lb.) Nominal
45-502300-001 2300 cu. in. nitrogen driver 12.2

45-504070-001 4070 cu.in. nitrogen driver 22.1
45-504890-001 4890 cu. in. nitrogen driver 25.1
6. Allow the cylinder to cool to ambient temperature and recheck the nitrogen pilot cylinder
indicated pressure.
7. Open valve and add additional nitrogen as needed to obtain full cylinder charge at ambient
temperature (1800 PSIG at 70°F [124 bar gauge at 21°C]).
8. Close the valve and remove the supply hose and charging adapter from the pilot cylinder.
9. Check the nitrogen driver cylinder valve for leakage using a soap solution. Bubbles appear-
ing in the soap solution indicate leakage and shall be cause for rejection of cylinder.
10. After the leak test is completed, clean and dry the cylinder valve.
11. Ensure the cylinder valve control head port is clean and dry.
12. Immediately install the protective cap to the actuation port of the cylinder valve.
13. Install the charged cylinder as directed in Table 5-7.
July 2014 6-20 06-237256-001

N2 PRESSURE - TEMPERATURE CHART

2100
2000
1900
1800 U RE
PRESSURE PSIG
E SS E
PR SUR
1700
AL R ES
M
IN L EP
1600 NO WAB
L O
AL
1500 M UM
NI
MI
1400
RECHARGE
1300
1200
-40° -20° 0° 20° 40° 60° 80° 100° 120° 140°
TEMPERATURE °F
Figure 6-13. Nitrogen Temperature vs. Pressure Data
06-237256-001 6-21 July 2014

July 2014 6-22 06-237256-001

Parts List
CHAPTER 7
PARTS LIST
7-1 INTRODUCTION & PARTS LIST

The table below provides a complete list of parts and associated equipment for Kidde Fire
Systems® ECS Advanced Delivery Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire
Protection Fluid (herein referred to as “agent”). Equipment can be ordered as complete
assemblies or as individual items. In most situations, when ordering a system, it will be easier
and more cost effective to order by assembly part numbers.
Nomenclature Part Number
Cylinder/Valve Assemblies
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with pressure gauge for use with 200 45-502300-001
lb. agent cylinders
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with en.Gauge® supervisory pressure 45-502300-101
gauge for use with 200 lb. agent cylinders
lb. and 600 lb. agent cylinders
Note: The 600 lb. agent cylinders require either one or two drivers, depending on the flow
calculations. For more information, see Section 4-2.3.1.
4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with en.Gauge supervisory pressure 45-504070-101
gauge for use with 350 lb. and 600 lb. agent cylinders
lb. agent cylinders
4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with en.Gauge supervisory pressure 45-504890-101
gauge for use with 900 lb. agent cylinders
Vertical Mount Only- Kidde ECS ADS Series Cylinder and Valve Assemblies
200 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly with LLI 45-500201-001
06-237256-001 7-1 July 2014

Parts List
Actuation Assemblies
Actuation Assembly (for use with 200 lb. or 350 lb. systems) 06-129882-001
Actuation Assembly (for use with 600 lb. or 900 lb. systems) 06-129985-001
Orifice Fitting, 0.107” Diameter 85-194129-107
Actuation Assembly Kits for 200 and 350 lb. System
2 Cylinder Set, Actuation Arrangement kit (200 lb./350 lb.) 06-129944-002

Plus One Kit (200 lb./350 lb.), add to 06-129944-00X 06-129944-100
Actuation Assembly Kits for 600 and 900 lb. System

Plus One Kit (600 lb./900 lb.), add to 06-129986-00X 06-129986-101
July 2014 7-2 06-237256-001

Parts List
Associated Equipment-Nitrogen Driver Cylinders
Discharge Head, Plain Nut WK-872450-000

1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose = 18.00” OAL (350 lb. Cylinder System) 06-118207-001
1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose = 14.75” OAL (200 lb. Cylinder System) 06-118207-002
1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose = 23.62” OAL (600 and 900 lb. Cylinder Systems) 06-118207-003
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 45-502300-000 Driver Cylinder) WK-270014-000
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 45-504070-000 Driver Cylinder) WK-270157-000
Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 45-504070-000 Driver Cylinder) 06-236173-001
Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 45-504890-001 Driver Cylinder) 06-236174-001
Pressure Gauge, Nitrogen Driver 06-118253-001
en.Gauge, Nitrogen Pilot/Driver Cylinder 06-118328-001
Flexible Discharge Hoses
2” for use with 200 and 350 lb. Cylinders WK-283899-000

3” for use with 600 and 900 lb. Cylinders 06-118225-001
Valve Outlet Adapters
200 and 350 lb. Cylinders WK-283905-000
Cylinder Straps
Combined Cylinder Strap for 200 lb. System 06-236127-001

Combined Cylinder Strap for 350 lb. System 06-236126-001
200 lb. Cylinder 06-235317-001
350 lb. Cylinder WK-281866-000
900 lb. Cylinder 06-236125-001
Cradles
200 lb. Cylinder 06-235431-001

Front Clamps

06-237256-001 7-3 July 2014

Parts List
Control Heads
Electric, Standard 24 Vdc WK-890181-000

Electric/Cable 24 Vdc 81-895630-000
Electric/Cable (Explosion Proof) 24 Vdc WK-897494-000
Lever Operated WK-870652-000
Pressure Operated 82-878737-000
Pressure Operated, Stackable 82-878750-000
Level/Pressure Operated 82-878751-000
Cable Operated 81-979469-000
Pressure Control Equipment
Actuation Hose, 22” WK-264987-000

Actuation Hose, 30” WK-264986-000
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder WK-877940-200
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder w/ Pressure Switch (open under pressure) 06-129773-001
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder w/ Pressure Switch (closed under pressure) 06-129773-002
Mounting Bracket, Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder WK-877845-000
1/4” Check Valve WK-264985-000
Safety Outlet, Agent 82-844346-000
Safety Outlet, Nitrogen/CO2 81-803242-000

Flexible Actuation Hose, 16 in. 06-118193-001
Remote Control Equipment, Electric Operated
Pull Box, Electric Remote 24 Vdc 84-100007-001
Remote Control Equipment, Cable Operated
Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface 81-871403-000

Corner Pulley, Watertight 81-803808-000
Corner Pulley, 1/2” EMT WK-844648-000
Z-Bracket 81-605320-000
Adapter, 1/2” EMT WK-843837-000
Dual-Pull Equalizer 81-840051-000
Dual-Pull Mechanism 81-840058-000
July 2014 7-4 06-237256-001

Parts List
Auxiliary Equipment
Pressure Operated Switch, Standard 81-486536-000

Pressure Operated Switch, Ex Proof 81-981332-000
Pressure Operated Trip 81-874290-000
Main to Reserve Transfer Switch 84-802398-000
Discharge Indicator 1/2” (Al) 81-875553-000
Check Valves
Check Valve 1/2” NPT 81-800327-000

Check Valve 3/4” NPT 81-800266-000
Check Valve 1” NPT WK-800443-000
Check Valve 1 1/4” NPT 81-800444-000
Check Valve 1 1/2” NPT 81-870152-000
Check Valve 2” NPT 81-870151-000
Check Valve 2 1/2” NPT WK-263716-000
Check Valve 3” NPT 81-870100-000
Swing Check Valve 2” NPT 06-118213-001
Swing Check Valve 3” NPT 06-118058-001
Manifold El-Check Valve 2” NPT WK-877690-000
3-WAY DIRECTIONAL VALVES (UL LISTED) (with solenoid)
3-Way Directional Valve, 1/2-inch* 90-220030-001

3-Way Directional Valve, 3/4-inch* 90-220030-002
3-Way Directional Valve, 1-inch* 90-220030-003
3-Way Directional Valve, 1 1/4-inch* 90-220031-001
3-Way Directional Valve, 1 1/2-inch* 90-220031-002
Pressure Regulator Kit 38-509803-001
Pneumatic Solenoid, 24 Vdc (for spare parts only)* 06-118384-001
*Note: Not FM Approved for use with ADS (UL Listed Only)
Cylinder Recharge Adapters
Cylinder Size, 200 and 350 lb. 82-878758-000
06-237256-001 7-5 July 2014

Parts List
Name Plate
“Main” WK-310330-000
“Reserve” WK-310340-000
“Warning 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid” 06-231866-760
Escutcheon Plates
3” Escutcheon Plate 06-236133-001

5” Escutcheon Plate 06-236134-001
Safety Burst Disc Assemblies and Rebuild kits
Assembly, 3" Valve Safety Burst Disc 85-170100-000

Assembly, 2" Valve Safety Burst Disc 85-150100-000
July 2014 7-6 06-237256-001

Parts List
7-3 UL LISTED AND FM APPROVED DISCHARGE NOZZLES

Only Kidde ECS ADS Series nozzles are to be used on Kidde ECS ADS Series Fire
Suppression Systems. Failure to comply with this WARNING will result in
WARNING unpredictable agent distribution.
Table 7-1. UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles
Area UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles

(in2) 1/2 in. NPT 3/4 in. NPT 1 in. NPT 1-1/4 in. NPT 1-1/2 in.NPT 2 in. NPT
0.0460 85-194423-201
0.0475 85-194423-202
0.0491 85-194423-203
0.0519 85-194423-204
0.0535 85-194423-205
0.0554 85-194423-206
0.0603 85-194423-207
0.0620 85-194423-208
0.0661 85-194423-209
0.0716 85-194423-210
0.0767 85-194423-211
0.0784 85-194423-212
0.0845 85-194423-213
0.0866 85-194423-214
0.0928 85-194423-215
0.0951 85-194423-216
0.1014 85-194423-217
0.1064 85-194423-218
0.1116 85-194423-219 85-194424-219
0.1170 85-194423-220 85-194424-220
0.1238 85-194423-221 85-194424-221
0.1296 85-194423-222 85-194424-222
0.1340 85-194423-223 85-194424-223
0.1398 85-194423-224 85-194424-224
0.1503 85-194423-225 85-194424-225
0.1612 85-194423-226 85-194424-226
0.1726 85-194423-227 85-194424-227
0.1843 85-194423-228 85-194424-228 85-194425-228
0.1963 85-194423-229 85-194424-229 85-194425-229
0.2088 85-194423-230 85-194424-230 85-194425-230
0.2216 85-194423-231 85-194424-231 85-194425-231
0.2349 85-194423-232 85-194424-232 85-194425-232
06-237256-001 7-7 July 2014

Parts List

0.2485 85-194424-233 85-194425-233

0.2625 85-194424-234 85-194425-234
0.2769 85-194424-235 85-194425-235
0.2917 85-194424-236 85-194425-236
0.3068 85-194424-237 85-194425-237 85-194426-237
0.3223 85-194424-238 85-194425-238 85-194426-38
0.3382 85-194424-239 85-194425-239 85-194426-239
0.3546 85-194424-240 85-194425-240 85-194426-240
0.3883 85-194424-241 85-194425-241 85-194426-241
0.4058 85-194424-242 85-194425-242 85-194426-242
0.4236 85-194424-243 85-194425-243 85-194426-243 85-194427-243
0.4418 85-194425-244 85-194426-244 85-194427-244
0.4604 85-194425-245 85-194426-245 85-194427-245
0.4793 85-194425-246 85-194426-246 85-194427-246
0.5185 85-194425-247 85-194426-247 85-194427-247
0.5386 85-194425-248 85-194426-248 85-194427-248
0.5592 85-194425-249 85-194426-249 85-194427-249
0.5801 85-194425-250 85-194426-250 85-194427-250
0.6230 85-194425-251 85-194426-251 85-194427-251
0.6450 85-194425-252 85-194426-252 85-194427-252
0.6903 85-194425-253 85-194426-253 85-194427-253 85-194428-253
0.7135 85-194426-254 85-194427-254 85-194428-254
0.7611 85-194426-255 85-194427-255 85-194428-255
0.7854 85-194426-256 85-194427-256 85-194428-256
0.8352 85-194426-257 85-194427-257 85-194428-257
0.8608 85-194426-258 85-194427-258 85-194428-258
0.9129 85-194426-259 85-194427-259 85-194428-259
0.9666 85-194426-260 85-194427-260 85-194428-260
1.0218 85-194426-261 85-194427-261 85-194428-261
1.0499 85-194426-262 85-194427-262 85-194428-262
1.1075 85-194426-263 85-194427-263 85-194428-263
1.1667 85-194426-264 85-194427-264 85-194428-264
1.2272 85-194427-265 85-194428-265
1.2892 85-194427-266 85-194428-266
1.3530 85-194427-267 85-194428-267
1.4183 85-194427-268 85-194428-268
1.4849 85-194427-269 85-194428-269
July 2014 7-8 06-237256-001

Parts List

1.5530 85-194427-270 85-194428-270

1.6230 85-194427-271 85-194428-271
1.6944 85-194428-272
1.7671 85-194428-273
1.9175 85-194428-274
2.0739 85-194428-275
2.2365 85-194428-276
2.4053 85-194428-277
2.5802 85-194428-278
06-237256-001 7-9 July 2014

Parts List

0.0460 85-194413-201
0.0475 85-194413-202
0.0491 85-194413-203
0.0519 85-194413-204
0.0535 85-194413-205
0.0554 85-194413-206
0.0603 85-194413-207
0.0620 85-194413-208
0.0661 85-194413-209
0.0716 85-194413-210
0.0767 85-194413-211
0.0784 85-194413-212
0.0845 85-194413-213
0.0866 85-194413-214
0.0928 85-194413-215
0.0951 85-194413-216
0.1014 85-194413-217
0.1064 85-194413-218
0.1116 85-194413-219 85-194414-219
0.1170 85-194413-220 85-194414-220
0.1238 85-194413-221 85-194414-221
0.1296 85-194413-222 85-194414-222
0.1340 85-194413-223 85-194414-223
0.1398 85-194413-224 85-194414-224
0.1503 85-194413-225 85-194414-225
0.1612 85-194413-226 85-194414-226
0.1726 85-194413-227 85-194414-227
0.1843 85-194413-228 85-194414-228 85-194415-228
0.1963 85-194413-229 85-194414-229 85-194415-229
0.2088 85-194413-230 85-194414-230 85-194415-230
0.2216 85-194413-231 85-194414-231 85-194415-231
0.2349 85-194413-232 85-194414-232 85-194415-232
0.2485 85-194414-233 85-194415-233
0.2625 85-194414-234 85-194415-234
0.2769 85-194414-235 85-194415-235
0.2917 85-194414-236 85-194415-236
July 2014 7-10 06-237256-001

Parts List

0.3068 85-194414-237 85-194415-237 85-194416-237

0.3223 85-194414-238 85-194415-238 85-194416-38
0.3382 85-194414-239 85-194415-239 85-194416-239
0.3546 85-194414-240 85-194415-240 85-194416-240
0.3883 85-194414-241 85-194415-241 85-194416-241
0.4058 85-194414-242 85-194415-242 85-194416-242
0.4236 85-194414-243 85-194415-243 85-194416-243 85-194417-243
0.4418 85-194415-244 85-194416-244 85-194417-244
0.4604 85-194415-245 85-194416-245 85-194417-245
0.4793 85-194415-246 85-194416-246 85-194417-246
0.5185 85-194415-247 85-194416-247 85-194417-247
0.5386 85-194415-248 85-194416-248 85-194417-248
0.5592 85-194415-249 85-194416-249 85-194417-249
0.5801 85-194415-250 85-194416-250 85-194417-250
0.6230 85-194415-251 85-194416-251 85-194417-251
0.6450 85-194415-252 85-194416-252 85-194417-252
0.6903 85-194415-253 85-194416-253 85-194417-253 85-194418-253
0.7135 85-194416-254 85-194417-254 85-194418-254
0.7611 85-194416-255 85-194417-255 85-194418-255
0.7854 85-194416-256 85-194417-256 85-194418-256
0.8352 85-194416-257 85-194417-257 85-194418-257
0.8608 85-194416-258 85-194417-258 85-194418-258
0.9129 85-194416-259 85-194417-259 85-194418-259
0.9666 85-194416-260 85-194417-260 85-194418-260
1.0218 85-194416-261 85-194417-261 85-194418-261
1.0499 85-194416-262 85-194417-262 85-194418-262
1.1075 85-194416-263 85-194417-263 85-194418-263
1.1667 85-194416-264 85-194417-264 85-194418-264
1.2272 85-194417-265 85-194418-265
1.2892 85-194417-266 85-194418-266
1.3530 85-194417-267 85-194418-267
1.4183 85-194417-268 85-194418-268
1.4849 85-194417-269 85-194418-269
1.5530 85-194417-270 85-194418-270
1.6230 85-194417-271 85-194418-271
1.6944 85-194418-272
1.7671 85-194418-273
06-237256-001 7-11 July 2014

Parts List

1.9175 85-194418-274
2.0739 85-194418-275
2.2365 85-194418-276
2.4053 85-194418-277
2.5802 85-194418-278
July 2014 7-12 06-237256-001

APPENDIX A
MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEETS
06-237256-001 A-1 July 2014

MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230
1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/PREPARATIONS AND OF THE COMPANY UNDERTAKING
Product Name 3M™ Novec ™1230

Other Trade Names
Product Description Fire Extinguishing Agent
Manufacturer/Supplier Kidde Fire Systems
Address 400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
Phone Number (508) 881-2000
Chemtrec Number (800) 424-9300
(for emergencies only) (703) 527-3887 (International)
Revision Date: February 9, 2012
MSDS Date: February 9, 2009
Safety Data Sheet according to EC directive 2001/59/EC and OSHA’s Hazcom Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200)
2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
EU Main Hazards
R36 Irritating to eyes.
Routes of Entry
Eye contact - Inhalation - Skin contact - Ingestion
Carcinogenic Status
Not considered carcinogenic by NTP, IARC, and OSHA.
Target Organs
Eyes - Respiratory system
Health Effects - Eyes
Contact may cause slight irritation.
Health Effects - Skin
Not expected to cause irritation.
Health Effects - Ingestion
Not a likely route of exposure. No adverse effects are expected.
Health Effects - Inhalation
If thermal decomposition occurs, may be harmful if inhaled.
3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Component Name CAS#/Codes Concentration R Phrases EU Classification

1,1,1,2,2,4,5,5,5,-Nonafluoro-4- 756-13-8 >99.9% R36 Xi
(trifluoromethyl)-3-pentanone
Revision Date: February 9, 2012 Page 1 of 6

3M™ Novec™ 1230
4. FIRST AID MEASURES
Eyes
Immediately flood the eye with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, holding the eye open. Obtain
medical attention if soreness or redness persists.
Skin
Flush with water. Obtain medical attention if symptoms persist.
Ingestion
Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure.
Inhalation
Remove from exposure. If there is difficulty in breathing, give oxygen. Obtain medical attention
immediately.
Advice to Physicians
Treat symptomatically.
5. FIRE - FIGHTING MEASURES
Extinguishing Media
TM TM
3M Novec 1230 is used as an extinguishing agent and therefore is not a problem when trying to
control a blaze. Use extinguishing agent appropriate to other materials involved. Keep containers and
surroundings cool with water spray as containers may rupture or burst in the heat of a fire.
Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards
Containers may explode in heat of fire. Predominant decomposition product is hydrogen fluoride in fire
situations. By -products are irritating and potentially toxic.
Protective Equipment for Fire-Fighting
Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus as appropriate for specific fire
conditions.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Wear full protective clothing. Remove leaking cylinder to a well ventilated area. Contain and absorb
using earth, sand or other inert material. Transfer into suitable containers for recovery or disposal.
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
Containers should be properly stored and secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not
drag, slide or roll containers. Do not drop containers or permit them to strike against each other. Never
apply flame or localized heat directly to any part of the container. Store away from sources of heat or
ignition. Storage area should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated - under cover - out of direct sunlight -
away from incompatible materials (see Section 10)
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION
Occupational Exposure Standards

TM TM
3M Novec 1230
Manufacturer’s recommended exposure limit: 150 ppm, 8 hr TWA
Engineering Control Measures
Use with adequate ventilation. Use local exhaust ventilation for open containers. There should be local
procedures for the selection, training, inspection and maintenance of this equipment.

3M™ Novec™ 1230
Respiratory Protection
Not normally required. If thermal decomposition occurs, use a self contained breathing apparatus.
Hand Protection
Protective Gloves
Eye Protection
Chemical goggles or safety glasses with side shields.
Body Protection
Normal work wear.
9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Physical State Liquid

Color Colorless
Odor Slight
Specific Gravity 1.6
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) 49.2 oC/120.6 oF
o o
Melting Range/Point (°C/F) -108 C/-162.4 F
Flash Point (PMCC) (°C/F) Not Flammable
Solubility in Water Nil
Vapor Density (Air = 1) 11.6
o
Vapor Pressure 0.404 bar (5.87 psig) @ 25 C
VOC 1600 g/l
Evaporation Rate >1
(Butyl Acetate =1 )
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stability
Stable under normal conditions.
Conditions to Avoid
Exposure to direct sunlight - ultraviolet light
Materials to Avoid
Strong bases – amines - alcohols
Hazardous Polymerization
Will not occur.
Hazardous Decomposition Products
Oxides of carbon - hydrogen fluoride
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Acute Toxicity
NOAEL for cardiac sensitization: 10% v/v
Inhalation Study: No signs of acute toxicity were observed during a 4-hr acute inhalation study (rat) at
10%, a 2-hr. acute inhalation study (rat) at 10% and a 28 day acute inhalation study (rat) at 2.0%.

3M™ Novec™ 1230
Chronic Toxicity/Carcinogenicity
This product is not expected to cause long term adverse health effects.
Genotoxicity
Not mutagenic in Ames assay.
Reproductive/Developmental Toxicity
This product is not expected to cause adverse reproductive effects.
12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Mobility
Product is highly insoluble in water and volatile.
Persistence/Degradability
Photolytic half-life: 3 - 5 days
Persistent Photolytic degradation product: trifluoroacetic acid.
Bio-accumulation
No data available.
Ecotoxicity
No data available.
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations. Do not cut,
puncture or weld on or near the container. If spilled, contents will vaporize to the atmosphere.
14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Compressed Gases, n.o.s. (C-6 Perfluoroketone), 2.2, UN1956
UN Proper Shipping Name Compressed Gases, n.o.s. (C-6 Perfluoroketone)
UN Class (2.2) Non-Flammable Gas
UN Number UN1956
UN Packaging Group Not applicable
15. REGULATORY INFORMATION
EU Label Information
Classification and labelling have been performed according to EU directives 67/548/EEC and 99/45/EC
including amendments(2001/60/EC and 2006/8/EC)
EU Hazard Symbol and Indication of Danger.
Xi - Irritant
R phrases
R36 Irritating to eyes.
S phrases
S26 In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical advice.
S36/37/39 Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye/face protection.

3M™ Novec™ 1230
US REGULATIONS (Federal, State) and INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL REGISTRATION LAWS

TSCA Listing
This product contains ingredients that are listed on or exempt from listing on the EPA Toxic Substance
Control Act Chemical Substance Inventory.
ELINCS Listing
All ingredients in this product have been verified for listing on the European List of Notified Chemical
Substances (ELINCS).
DSL/NDSL (Canadian) Listing
All ingredients in this product are listed on the Domestic Substance List (DSL) or the Non-Domestic
Substance List (NDSL) or are exempt from listing.
WHMIS Classification
D2B
This product was classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the Canadian Controlled Products
Regulations and the MSDS contains all the information required by these regulations.
MA Right To Know Law
All components have been checked for inclusion on the Massachusetts Substance List (MSL). Those
components present at or above the de minimis concentration include: None
PA Right To Know Law
This product contains the following chemicals found on the Pennsylvania Hazardous Substance List:
None
NJ Right To Know Law
This product contains the following chemicals found on the NJ Right To Know Hazardous Substance
List: None
California Proposition 65
This product does not contain materials which the State of California has found to cause cancer, birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
SARA Title III Sect. 302 (EHS)
This product does not contain any chemicals subject to SARA Title III Section 302.
SARA Title III Sect. 304
SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization
- Immediate (Acute) Health Hazard - Pressure Hazard
This product does not contain a chemical which is listed in Section 313 at or above de minimis
concentrations.
16. OTHER INFORMATION
NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Health - 3
NFPA Code for Flammability - 0
NFPA Code for Reactivity - 1
NFPA Code for Special Hazards – None

3M™ Novec™ 1230
HMIS Ratings
HMIS Code for Health - 0
HMIS Code for Flammability - 0
HMIS Code for Reactivity - 1
HMIS Code for Personal Protection - See Section 8
Abbreviations
N/A: Denotes no applicable information found or available
CAS#: Chemical Abstracts Service Number
ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration
TLV: Threshold Limit Value
PEL: Permissible Exposure Limit
STEL: Short Term Exposure Limit
NTP: National Toxicology Program
IARC: International Agency for Research on Cancer
R: Risk
S: Safety
NOAEL: No Observed Adverse Effect Level
Prepared By: EnviroNet LLC.
The information contained herein is based on data believed to be accurate. However, no
representation, warranty, or guarantee is made to its accuracy, reliability or completeness. It is the
user's responsibility to satisfy himself as to the suitability and completeness of such information for its
own particular use. Kidde Fire Systems assumes no responsibility for personal injury or property
damage resulting from use, handling or from contact with this product.

Nitrogen (Expellant)
1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE/PREPARATIONS AND OF THE COMPANY UNDERTAKING
Product Name Nitrogen (Expellant)

Other Trade Names N2
Product Description Expellant
Manufacturer/Supplier Kidde Fire Systems
Address 400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
Phone Number (508) 881-2000
Chemtrec Number (800) 424-9300
(for emergencies only) (703) 527-3887 (International)
Revision Date: February 9, 2012
MSDS Date: February 9, 2009
Safety Data Sheet according to EC directive 2001/59/EC and OSHA’s Hazcom Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200)
2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
EU Main Hazards
Non Flammable Gas
Routes of Entry
Eye contact - Inhalation - Skin contact
Carcinogenic Status
Not considered carcinogenic by NTP, IARC, and OSHA.
Target Organs
Respiratory System
Health Effects - Eyes
Non-irritating gas
Health Effects - Skin
Non-irritating gas
Health Effects - Ingestion
Ingestion is not a possible route of exposure.
Health Effects - Inhalation
Avoid direct inhalation of undiluted gas. Can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen available for
breathing. Breathing very high concentrations can cause dizziness, shortness of breath,
unconsciousness or asphyxiation.
3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
Component Name CAS#/Codes Concentration R Phrases EU Classification

Nitrogen 7727-37-9 100% None Non Flammable Gas
EC#231-783-9

4. FIRST AID MEASURES
Eyes
No specific measures.
Skin
No specific measures.
Ingestion
Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure.
Inhalation
Remove from exposure. If there is difficulty in breathing, give oxygen. Obtain medical attention
immediately.
Advice to Physicians
Treat symptomatically.
5. FIRE - FIGHTING MEASURES
Extinguishing Media
All known extinguishing media can be used. Use extinguishing media appropriate for containers in the
area.
Unusual Fire and Explosion Hazards
Containers may explode in heat of fire.
Protective Equipment for Fire-Fighting
Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus as appropriate for specific fire
conditions.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Material is a normal atmospheric gas. Remove leaking cylinder to a safe place. Ventilate the area.
Wear self contained breathing apparatus when entering confined spaces unless atmosphere is proven
to be safe.
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
Cylinders should be properly stored and secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not drag,
slide or roll cylinders. Do not drop cylinders or permit them to strike against each other. Never apply
flame or localized heat directly to any part of the cylinder. Store away from sources of heat or ignition.
Storage area should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated - under cover - out of direct sunlight
Occupational Exposure Standards

Nitrogen
None
Engineering Control Measures
Use with adequate ventilation (natural or mechanical), especially in a confined space.

Respiratory Protection
Not normally required. In oxygen deficient atmospheres, use a self contained breathing apparatus, as
an air purifying respirator will not provide protection.
Hand Protection
Use leather or sturdy work gloves when handling cylinders.
Eye Protection
Chemical goggles or safety glasses with side shields.
Body Protection
Normal work wear.
9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Physical State Compressed gas

Color Colorless
Odor None
Specific Gravity Not applicable
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) -321oF
Flash Point (PMCC) (°C/F) Not Flammable
Solubility in Water 0.2 g/l
Vapor Density (Air = 1) 0.97.
Vapor Pressure Not determined
3 o
Gas Density 0.075 lb/ft @70 F as vapor
Evaporation Rate Not applicable
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Stability
Stable under normal conditions.
Conditions to Avoid
Extremely high temperatures - flames
Materials to Avoid
None known
Hazardous Polymerization
Will not occur.
Hazardous Decomposition Products
None
Acute Toxicity
Simple asphyxiant.
Chronic Toxicity/Carcinogenicity
This product is not expected to cause long term adverse health effects.

Genotoxicity
This product is not expected to cause any mutagenic effects.
Reproductive/Developmental Toxicity
This product is not expected to cause adverse reproductive effects.
12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Mobility
Nitrogen occurs naturally in the atmosphere.
Persistence/Degradability
Bio-accumulation
Ecotoxicity
No data available
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations. Do not cut,
puncture or weld on or near to the container. If spilled, contents will vaporize to the atmosphere.
14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Nitrogen, compressed, 2.2, UN1066

UN Proper Shipping Name Nitrogen, compressed
UN Class (2.2) Non-Flammable Gas
UN Number UN1066
UN Packaging Group Not applicable
EU Label Information
Classification and labelling have been performed according to EU directives 67/548/EEC and 99/45/EC
including amendments(2001/60/EC and 2006/8/EC)
EU Hazard Symbol and Indication of Danger.
Non Flammable Gas
R phrases
None
S phrases
S9 Keep container in a well ventilated place.

US REGULATIONS (Federal, State) and INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL REGISTRATION LAWS

TSCA Listing
This product contains ingredients that are listed on or exempt from listing on the EPA Toxic Substance
Control Act Chemical Substance Inventory.
EINECS Listing
All ingredients in this product are listed on the European Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical
Substances (EINECS) or the European List of New Chemical Substances (ELINCS) or are exempt from
listing.
DSL/NDSL (Canadian) Listing
All ingredients in this product are listed on the Domestic Substance List (DSL) or the Non-Domestic
Substance List (NDSL) or are exempt from listing.
WHMIS Classification
A
This product was classified in accordance with the hazard criteria of the Canadian Controlled Products
Regulations and the MSDS contains all the information required by these regulations.
MA Right To Know Law
All components have been checked for inclusion on the Massachusetts Substance List (MSL). Those
components present at or above the de minimis concentration include: Nitrogen
PA Right To Know Law
This product contains the following chemicals found on the Pennsylvania Hazardous Substance List: -
Nitrogen
NJ Right To Know Law
This product contains the following chemicals found on the NJ Right To Know Hazardous Substance
List: - Nitrogen
California Proposition 65
This product does not contain materials which the State of California has found to cause cancer, birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
SARA Title III Sect. 302 (EHS)
SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization
- Immediate (Acute) Health Hazard - Pressure Hazard
This product does not contain a chemical which is listed in Section 313 at or above de minimis
concentrations.
NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Health - 0
NFPA Code for Flammability - 0
NFPA Code for Reactivity - 0
NFPA Code for Special Hazards – None

HMIS Ratings
HMIS Code for Health - 0
HMIS Code for Flammability - 0
HMIS Code for Reactivity - 0
HMIS Code for Personal Protection - See Section 8
Abbreviations
N/A: Denotes no applicable information found or available
CAS#: Chemical Abstracts Service Number
ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration
TLV: Threshold Limit Value
PEL: Permissible Exposure Limit
STEL: Short Term Exposure Limit
NTP: National Toxicology Program
IARC: International Agency for Research on Cancer
R: Risk
S: Safety
Prepared By: EnviroNet LLC.
The information contained herein is based on data believed to be accurate. However, no
representation, warranty, or guarantee is made to its accuracy, reliability or completeness. It is the
user's responsibility to satisfy himself as to the suitability and completeness of such information for its
own particular use. Kidde Fire Systems assumes no responsibility for personal injury or property
damage resulting from use, handling or from contact with this product.

July 2014 A-2 06-237256-001

Kidde is a registered trademark of Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.
3M and Novec are trademarks of 3M Company.
All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.
These instructions do not purport to cover all the details or variations in the equipment
described, nor do they provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with
installation, operation and maintenance. All specifications subject to change without no-
tice. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are
400 Main Street not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to
Ashland,MA 01721 KIDDE-FENWAL INC., Ashland, MA 01721.
Ph:(508)881-2000
Fax:(508)881-8920 06-237256-001 Rev. AA ©2014 Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
http://www.kiddefiresystems.com

06 237256 001 - Print PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

06 237256 001 - Print PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

06-237256-001

Kidde Fire Systems®

LISTED LISTED APPROVED

UL Listing File UL Listing File FM Approvals

06-237256-001 i July 2014

Indicates a potentiality hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in

July 2014 ii 06-237256-001

The following safety procedures must be observed at all times:

06-237256-001 iii July 2014

REMOVAL FROM SERVICE

4. Remove cylinder from bracketing.

July 2014 iv 06-237256-001

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

CHAPTER 3 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS

06-237256-001 v July 2014

July 2014 vi 06-237256-001

CHAPTER 4 DESIGN AND INSTALLATION

06-237256-001 vii July 2014

July 2014 viii 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 ix July 2014

CHAPTER 6 POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

CHAPTER 7 PARTS LIST

APPENDIX A MATERIAL SAFETY DATASHEETS

July 2014 x 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 xi July 2014

July 2014 xii 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 xiii July 2014

July 2014 xiv 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 xv July 2014

July 2014 xvi 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 1-1 July 2014

1-2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1-2.1.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations

July 2014 1-2 06-237256-001

1-2.1.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations

1-2.1.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

1-2.1.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent

06-237256-001 1-3 July 2014

1-2.2.4 Other Safety Considerations

July 2014 1-4 06-237256-001

Table 1-1. Agent Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation

Temperature ºF Temperature ºC Pressure psig Pressure Bar

32 0.0 333 23.0

Table 1-2. Nitrogen Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation

06-237256-001 1-5 July 2014

Table 1-3. Agent Physical Properties, U.S. Customary Units

Critical Density lbm/ft.3 39.91

Specific Heat, Liquid at 77°F BTU/lb-°F 0.2634

Solubility of Water in agent at 77°F N/A <0.001% by wt.

July 2014 1-6 06-237256-001

32 324 322 317 311 299

40 331 330 326 320 310

50 341 340 337 333 326

60 350 350 348 346 342

70 360 360 360 360 360

80 370 371 372 375 379

90 381 382 385 390 399

100 392 394 399 407 421

110 404 406 413 424 446

120 416 419 428 443 472

130 428 432 444 463 501

06-237256-001 1-7 July 2014